Fiat Stilo Manual Eng - Handbook

Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Stilo.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Stilo features and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from your
Fiat Stilo technological features.
You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:
personal safety;
the car’s wellbeing;
environmental protection.
The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.
Best regards and good motoring!
This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Stilo versions. As a consequence, you should consider
only the information which is related to the engine and bodywork version of the car you purchased.
MUST BE READ!
REFUELLING
Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95 conforming to the Eu-
K
ropean specification EN 228.
Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590. The use of other prod-
ucts or mixtures may irreparably damage the engine with invalidation of the warranty due to the damage caused.
ENGINE STARTING
Petrol engines with mechanical gearbox: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to
neutral; fully depress the clutch without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as
soon as the engine has started.
Petrol engines with Selespeed gearbox: keep the brake pedal fully depressed; turn the ignition key to AVV and
release it as soon as the engine has started; the transmission sets to neutral automatically.
Diesel engines: turn the ignition key to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y and m to go off; turn the igni-
tion key to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-
 dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.
RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-
sure better respect for the environment.
ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a Fiat
쇵
Dealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can sup-
port the required load.
CODE card
Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car. The code card shall be used for requesting additional keys.
SCHEDULED SERVICING
Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-
tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.
THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay
particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).
DASHBOARD AND CONTROLS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DASHBOARD ........................................................................ 5 CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................. 64

INSTRUMENT PANEL ......................................................... 6 CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................. 67
DEVICES
SAFETY
SYMBOLS ................................................................................. 8 CONTROLS ........................................................................... 68

THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM ................................................... 8 INTERIOR FITTINGS ............................................................ 70
THE KEYS ................................................................................ 10 “SKYWINDOW”(BLADE SUNROOF) ........................... 74
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ALARM ..................................................................................... 17 DOORS .................................................................................... 79

IGNITION SWITCH.............................................................. 20 POWER WINDOWS ........................................................... 80
INSTRUMENTS ....................................................................... 21 BOOT ........................................................................................ 81
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................. 23 BONNET .................................................................................. 92

TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................. 34 ROOF RACK/SKI RACK ..................................................... 93
SEATS ........................................................................................ 37 HEADLIGHTS.......................................................................... 94
EMERGENCY
HEAD RESTRAINTS .............................................................. 41 ABS SYSTEM ........................................................................... 95

IN AN
STEERING WHEEL ............................................................... 42 ESP SYSTEM ............................................................................ 97

REARVIEW MIRRORS........................................................... 43 EOBD SYSTEM ....................................................................... 99
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE
HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 44 SOUND SYSTEM.................................................................... 100

CAR
HEATING AND VENTILATION ....................................... 46 ACCESSORIES PURCHASED BY THE OWNER ......... 101
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 48 “DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER
AUTOMATIC TWO-ZONE STEERING SYSTEM .............................................................. 102
TECHNICAL
CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 51 PARKING SENSORS ............................................................ 103

EXTERNAL LIGHTS .............................................................. 57 AT THE FILLING STATION .............................................. 105
WINDOW WASHING......................................................... 60 PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT ............................ 108
INDEX
4
DASHBOARD
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0C0155m
fig. 1
1. Side window air vent - 2. Adjustable and swivel air vent - 3. External light stalk - 4. Instrument panel - 5. Adjustable and swivel
air vent - 6. Hazard light switch - 7. Sound system controls - 8. Front passenger air bag - 9. Upper glovebox - 10. Lower glovebox
- 11. Controls for heating, ventilation and climate control - 12. Windscreen/rear window wiper/trip computer stalk - 13. Ignition
INDEX
key and ignition switch - 14. Driver air bag - 15. Steering wheel locking/release stalk - 16. Control unit access door - 17. Bonnet
opening lever - 18. Set of switches for lights and menu opening/setting.
5
INSTRUMENT PANEL
AND CONTROLS
1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V versions
DASHBOARD A Rev counter
B Engine coolant temperature gauge and
excessive temperature warning light
DEVICES
C Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

SAFETY
light
D Speedometer (speed indicator)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
E Multifunction display.
The rev counter of versions with Sele-
speed transmission is fitted with warning
light t.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
F0C0521m
fig. 2
EMERGENCY
IN AN
1.9 Multijet versions

A Rev counter

CAR

light
TECHNICAL

The rev counter of versions with Sele-
speed transmission is fitted with warning
INDEX
F0C0522m
light t.
fig. 3
6
AND CONTROLS
2.420V Selespeed Abarth versions
DASHBOARD
A Rev counter
DEVICES
SAFETY
light
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0523m
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 4
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
7
SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Special coloured labels have been attached To further protect you car from theft, it
near or actually on some of the compo- has been fitted with an engine immobilis-
nents of your car. These labels bear sym- ing system. This system is automatically ac-
bols that remind you of the precautions tivated when the ignition key is removed.
DEVICES
SAFETY
to be taken as regards that particular com-

ponent. An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in
each ignition key grip. The device trans-
The plate summarising the symbols used mits a radio-frequency signal when the en-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
can be found under the bonnet fig. 5. gine is started through a special aerial built
into the ignition switch. The modulate sig-
nal, which changes each time the engine is
started, is the “password” by means of
which the control unit recognises the key
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and enables to start the engine.

EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0145m
fig. 5
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
8
Warning light Y coming
AND CONTROLS
OPERATION IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,
DASHBOARD
which must be memorised by the system on when driving
Each time the car is started turning the ig- control unit. To memorise new keys, up
nition key to MAR, the Fiat CODE sys- to a maximum of eight, apply solely to Fi- ❒ If the warning light Y turns on, this
tem control unit sends a recognition code at Dealership taking with you the CODE means that the system is running a self-
to the engine control unit to deactivate card and the keys, a personal identity doc- test (for example for a voltage drop).
the inhibitor.
DEVICES
SAFETY
ument and the car’s ownership docu- ❒ If the warning light Y continues to stay
The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE ments. The codes of the keys not provid- on, contact a Fiat Dealership.
system control unit has recognised the ed during the new memorising procedure
code transmitted from the key. are erased from the memory. This is to
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ensure that any lost or stolen keys can no
Each time the ignition key is turned to longer be used to start the car.
STOP, the Fiat CODE system deactivates
the functions of the engine electronic con- The electronic components in-
trol unit. side the key may be damaged
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
If the code has not been recognised cor- if the key is submitted to sharp
rectly, the instrument panel warning light knocks.
Y will turn on.
In this case, the key should be moved to
EMERGENCY
the STOP position and then back to
IN AN
MAR; if the lock continues, possibly try
again with the other key provided with the
car. If it is still not possible to start the car
contact a Fiat Dealership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
9
THE KEYS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CODE CARD
Together with the keys you will receive
the CODE card fig. 6 to be presented to
DEVICES
SAFETY
Fiat Dealership when requesting additional

keys.
IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfect
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0001m F0C0508m
efficiency of the electronic devices con- fig. 6 fig. 7
tained inside the keys, they should never
be exposed to direct sunlight. KEY WITHOUT REMOTE
All the keys and the CODE
card must be handed over to CONTROL (where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the new owner when selling The key is fitted with a metal insert A-
the car. fig. 7, operating:
❒ the ignition switch
❒ doors and tailgate locks
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver-

sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock)
❒ windows and Skywindow sunroof
(where provided) opening/closing

CAR
❒ the dead lock device (where provided)

❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’s
air bag and rear side bags (where pro-
TECHNICAL
vided).
INDEX
10
Button Ë for remote unlocking of doors,
AND CONTROLS
If locking button Á is inadver-
DASHBOARD
tailgate and fuel filler cap. Button Á for re-
mote locking of doors, tailgate and fuel tently pressed from the pas-
filler cap. Button R for remote open- senger compartment, when
ing of the tailgate. Button B for power-as- getting out of the car only the doors
sisted opening of the metal insert A. being used will unlock; the tailgate will
stay locked. To realign the system,
DEVICES
SAFETY
To refit the metal insert into the key grip, press again the locking/unlocking but-
keep button B pressed and turn the met- tons Á / Ë.
al insert in the direction shown by the ar-
CORRECT USE
row until hearing the click as it locks into
OF THE CAR
F0C0327m
fig. 8
place. Then release button B. Led C
(where provided) comes on when send-
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL ing the control to the alarm system re- WARNING
The key is fitted with a metal insert A- ceiver. To know the operating logics of Button B-fig. 8 should only
LIGHTS AND
the key with remote control and every
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 8, operating: be pressed when the key is
possible and modifiable setting, see para- away from the body, in particular
❒ the ignition switch graph “Alarm” in this section. from the eyes and from objects that
❒ doors and tailgate locks can be spoilt (e.g. clothes). Make sure
the key can never be touched by oth-
EMERGENCY
❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver-
IN AN
ers, especially children, who may in-
sions featuring fuel filler cap with lock) advertently press the button.
❒ windows and Skywindow sunroof
(where provided) opening/closing
❒ the dead lock device (where provided)
CAR
❒ the switch to deactivate the passenger’s
air bag and rear side bags (where pro-
vided).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
11
AND CONTROLS
For Multi Wagon versions, pressing twice Locking the doors and the tailgate
DASHBOARD rapidly button R will open the rear
Briefly press button Á for remote lock-
window lid (where provided).
ing of doors and tailgate and simultaneous
Once doors are unlocked, if you do not alarm (where provided) activation, switch-
open one door or the tailgate within few ing off of the internal ceiling lights and sin-
seconds, the system will lock all doors/tail- gle flashing of direction indicators.
DEVICES
SAFETY
gate again automatically.

Press button Á for more than 2 seconds
Doors will be unlocked automatically if the to open the windows and the Skywindow
fuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op- (where provided). If the button is briefly
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0408m
fig. 9 eration. pressed twice, the dead lock device is ac-
tivated (see next paragraph “Dead lock
Opening the doors and the tailgate device”).
Briefly press button Ë for remote un- If one or more doors are open locking will
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
locking of doors and tailgate and simulta- not be activated and the door led A-fig.
neous alarm (where provided) deactiva- 11 and direction indicators will flash rapid-
tion, timed switching on of the internal ly. If only the tailgate is open the doors will
ceiling lights and double flashing of direc- lock.
tion indicators (for versions/markets
EMERGENCY
where applicable).
IN AN
Press button Ë for more than 2 seconds

to open the windows and the Skywindow
(where provided).
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
12
AND CONTROLS
Opening the tailgate by the
DASHBOARD
remote control
Press and keep button R pressed to
open the tailgate by remote control even
if the alarm (where provided) is on.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Opening the tailgate is accompanied by the
direction indicators flashing twice; clos-
ing is accompanied by a single flash only if
the alarm is on.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0414m F0C0138m
fig. 10 fig. 11
If the alarm is on, when the tailgate is
opened the alarm system switches off vol- Opening the rear heated window Leds on the driver’s door
umetric protection and the tailgate
perimetral protection sensor. lid (MultiWagon versions) When locking the doors, led A-fig. 11
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
On MultiWagon versions, pressing twice switches on for about 3 seconds and than
IMPORTANT If the remote control does starts flashing (deterrence function).
not work properly, it is still possible to button R rapidly, obtains opening of the
carry out the above mentioned operations rear heated window lid (see fig. 10). Once doors are locked, if one or more
by using the metal insert of the key. doors or the tailgate are not closed cor-
EMERGENCY
rectly, the led and direction indicators
IN AN
When closing the tailgate again, volumet- start flashing quickly.
ric and perimetral protection sensors are
restored.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
13
AND CONTROLS
Request for additional remote
DASHBOARD controls
The system can recognise up to 8 remote
controls. Should a new remote control be
necessary, contact a Fiat Dealership, tak-
DEVICES
ing with you the CODE card, a personal

SAFETY
identity document and the car’s owner-

ship documents.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0037m F0C0142m
fig. 12 fig. 13
Replacing the battery of the Used batteries are harmful to DEAD LOCK DEVICE
key with remote control the environment. They should (where provided)
LIGHTS AND
If, when pressing button Ë, Á, or R, the

MESSAGES
WARNING
be disposed of as specified by This safety device enables to inhibit:

led F-fig. 12 (where provided) on the key law in the special containers
flashes briefly only once, the battery provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal- ❒ door internal handles and safety lock
should be replaced with an equivalent one ership, which will deal with their dis- button;
that can be purchased at common stores. posal. ❒ button A-fig. 13 for locking/unlocking
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Battery replacement: the doors, placed on the driver door

panel mask;
❒ press button A and move the metal in-
sert B to open position; thus hindering doors opening from inside
the passenger’s compartment in case of at-

❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine bit tempt to break-into (e.g. window breaking).
CAR
screwdriver;
The dead lock device guarantees the best
❒ take out the battery case D and replace protection against unwanted access. There-
the battery E making sure that the bias fore, it should be actuated every time the
TECHNICAL
is correct; car is parked and left unattended.

❒ re-insert the battery holder D in the
key and lock it turning the screw C to
;.
INDEX
14
AND CONTROLS
WARNING Device activation Device deactivation
DASHBOARD
Once the dead lock device The device is automatically activated on The device is deactivated automatically on
has been actuated, doors every door in the following cases: every door in the following cases:
cannot be opened from inside the car ❒ turning twice the key without remote ❒ when unlocking the doors;
in any way whatsoever. For this rea- control (where provided) in closing di-
son, make sure there are no persons ❒ when unlocking only the driver’s door;
DEVICES
SAFETY
rection;
left inside the car.
❒ pressing twice button Á of the key with ❒ when turning the ignition key to MAR.
remote control.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Device activation is signalled by three
flashings of the direction indicators and
WARNING flashing of the led on the driver door pan-
el (see the table on next page).
If the battery of the key with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
remote control is down, the If one of the doors is not perfectly closed,
dead lock device can only be activat- the dead lock device will not activate, thus
ed through the metal insert of the key preventing that a person getting into the
in the revolving plugs of the doors as car from the open door remains blocked
described previously: in this case the inside the passenger’s compartment when
EMERGENCY
she/he closes the door.
IN AN
dead lock device is active only on the
rear doors.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
15
AND CONTROLS
The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
DASHBOARD
Type of Door opening Door closing Window and Window and Dead lock
Tailgate
key Skywindow Skywindow (where
opening
opening (where closing (where provided)
provided) provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Key without Key turning Key turning Turning (> 2 Turning (> 2 Double key rotation Key rotation
remote counterclockwise clockwise seconds) in opening seconds) in closing in closing direction clockwise
control (driver side) or (driver side) or position position (clockwise (clockwise driver
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
(where clockwise counterclockwise (counterclockwise driver side; side; counterclock-

provided) (passenger side) (passenger side) driver side; clock- counterclockwise wise passenger side)
wise passenger side) passenger side)
Key turning Key turning Turning (> 2 Turning (> 2 Double key rotation Key rotation
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
counterclockwise clockwise seconds) in opening seconds) in closing in closing direction clockwise

(driver side) or (driver side) or position (counter- position (clockwise (clockwise driver
clockwise counterclockwise clockwise driver driver side; side; counterclock-
(passenger side) (passenger side) side; clockwise counterclockwise wise passenger side)
Key with passenger side) passenger side)
EMERGENCY
remote
IN AN
control Pressing briefly Brief press on Prolonged pressing Prolonged pressing Double pressing on Prolonged press-
button Ë button Á (> 2 seconds) on (> 2 seconds) on button Á ing (> 2 seconds)
button Ë button Á on button R
Direction Two flashings 1 flashing Two flashings 1 flashing 3 flashings Two flashings
indicators
CAR
flashing
(only with
key with
TECHNICAL
remote
control)
Led on Deterrence led Turned on fixed for Turning off Deterrence led Double flashing and Deterrent led
driver door turning off approx. 3 seconds deterrence led flashing then deterrent led flashing
and followed by de- flashing
INDEX
terrence led flashing
16
ALARM
AND CONTROLS
Depending on the markets, the cutting in HOW TO ACTIVATE THE
DASHBOARD
of the alarm causes operation of the siren ALARM
(where provided) and direction indicators (for about 26 sec-
onds). The ways of operating and the num- With the doors, bonnet and boot shut and
The alarm function is provided in addition ber of cycles may vary depending on the the ignition key in the STOP position or
to all remote control functions previous- markets. with the key removed, point the key with
DEVICES
remote control in the direction of the car,
SAFETY
ly described and it is controlled by the re-
ceiver located under the dashboard, next A maximum number of sound/sight cycles then press and release the button Á.
to the fuse box. is however envisaged.
With the exception of certain markets,
Volumetric and anti-raising protections the system sounds a “beep” and the doors
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WHEN THE ALARM IS can be cut off by operating the front ceil- are locked.
TRIGGERED ing light controls (see paragraphs “Volu-
metric protection sensors” and “Anti-rais- Engagement of the alarm is preceded by
The alarm comes into action in the fol- ing sensor” on the following pages). a self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detected
lowing cases: the system sounds a further warning
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT The engine immobiliser “beep” and the display shows the relevant
❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors, function is guaranteed by the Fiat CODE
bonnet or boot (perimetral protec- message (see section “Warning lights and
system, which is automatically activated messages”).
tion); when the ignition key is removed.
❒ attempt to start the engine (turning the In this case, switch the alarm system off by
EMERGENCY
ignition key to MAR); pressing button Ë, check that the doors,
IN AN
bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, then
❒ battery cable cutting; switch the alarm on again by pressing but-
ton Á.
❒ presence of moving bodies in the pas-
senger’s compartment (volumetric pro- Otherwise, the door, bonnet or tailgate
CAR
tection); that is not shut properly will be excluded
from the alarm system control.
❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
17
AND CONTROLS
HOW TO DEACTIVATE
DASHBOARD THE ALARM
Press button Ë of the key with remote
control.
The system will react as follows (with the
DEVICES
SAFETY
exception of certain markets):

❒ two brief flashes of the direction indi-
cators;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0335m F0C0286m
fig. 14 ❒ two brief “beeps”; fig. 15
If the doors, bonnet and boot are shut ❒ door unlocking. Volumetric protection
correctly and the control signal is repeat- IMPORTANT Operating the central door deactivation
ed, the system self-diagnostics has de-
LIGHTS AND
locking with the metal insert of the key

MESSAGES
WARNING
tected a system operating fault. It is there- If it is necessary to switch on the alarm

will not deactivate the alarm. when animals or people are in the car,
fore necessary to contact Fiat Dealership.
press button A-fig. 15 on the front ceil-
IMPORTANT When operating the cen- VOLUMETRIC PROTECTION ing light to deactivate the volumetric pro-
tral door locking with the metal insert A- SENSORS tection.
EMERGENCY
fig. 14 of the key, the alarm is not acti-

IN AN
vated. The volumetric sensors are inside the Deactivation is needed also in the pres-
front ceiling light in the passenger’s com- ence of additional independent heater and
IMPORTANT The electronic alarm is built partment. To make sure that the volu- when it is switched on with the remote
in compliance with the law and regulations metric sensors are working properly,
control.
of the different countries. check that doors, boot, bonnet, windows
CAR
and Skywindow (where provided) are Protection cut-out stays on until activat-
shut. ing the central door opening again.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
18
AND CONTROLS
ANTI-RAISING SENSOR INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS
DASHBOARD
The anti-raising sensor detects any ab- TO BREAK IN
normal car raising/sloping, even partial Any attempt to break in is indicated by
(e.g.: attempt to remove a wheel). warning light Y on the instrument pan-
This sensor can detect the smallest car el with the relevant message on the dis-
DEVICES
play (see section “Warning lights and mes-
SAFETY
sideslip angle changes, both longitudinally
and transversally. sages”).
Sideslip angle changes lower than 0.5°/min. HOW TO CUT OFF THE ALARM
CORRECT USE
(e.g.: slow tyre flattening) are not consid-
OF THE CAR
F0C0287m
fig. 16 SYSTEM
ered.
To deactivate the alarm system com-
Anti-raising protection pletely (for instance during prolonged in-
deactivation activity of the car) simply lock the car
LIGHTS AND
turning the metal insert of the key with re-
MESSAGES
WARNING
To deactivate the anti-raising protection
(for example when towing the car with mote control in the lock.
alarm on) press button A-fig. 16 on the IMPORTANT To cut-out the electronic
front ceiling light. Sensor cut-out stays on alarm if remote control batteries are
until activating the central door opening
EMERGENCY
down or the system is failing, fit the key
IN AN
again. into the ignition switch and turn it to
MAR.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
19
IGNITION SWITCH
AND CONTROLS
STEERING COLUMN LOCK
DASHBOARD
The key can be turned to 3 different po- Engaging
sitions:
When the key is at STOP remove the
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be removed, key and turn the steering wheel until it
DEVICES
SAFETY
steering column locked. Certain elec- locks.

trical devices (e.g.: sound system, cen-
tral door locking, electronic alarm, etc.) Disengaging
can work.
CORRECT USE
Rock the steering wheel slightly as you

OF THE CAR
F0C0164m
fig. 17
❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical de- turn the ignition key to MAR.
vices are powered.
❒ AVV: engine starting. WARNING
If the ignition device is tam-
LIGHTS AND
The ignition switch is fitted with a safety

MESSAGES
WARNING
pered with (e.g.: attempted WARNING

mechanism that, in the event the engine is theft), have it checked over by a Fiat It is absolutely forbidden to
not started, compels the driver to turn the Dealership before restarting to drive. carry out whatever after-
ignition key back to STOP before re- market operation involving steering
peating the starting operation.
EMERGENCY
system or steering column modifica-

IN AN
tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft

device) that could badly affect per-
WARNING formance and safety, cause the lapse
When getting out of the car, of warranty and also result in non-
always remove the key to compliance of the car with homolo-

CAR
prevent any occupants from acci- gation requirements.

dentally activating the controls. Re-
member to engage the handbrake
and if the car is parked on uphill slope
TECHNICAL
to engage the first gear. If the car is WARNING

facing downhill, engage the reverse
gear. Never leave unsupervised chil- Never remove the ignition
dren in the car. key while the car is moving.
The steering wheel would automati-
cally lock as soon as you try to turn
INDEX
it. This also applies when the car is

being towed.
20
INSTRUMENTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0530m F0C0527m
fig. 18 fig. 18a
SPEEDOMETER fig. 18 REV. COUNTER fig. 18a

It shows the car speed. The rev counter shows engine rpm. The
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
needle pointed to the red area (danger)
indicates excessive high engine speed. Do
not drive for long periods with the needle
in this area.
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT The electronic injection con-
IN AN
trol system gradually shuts off the flow of
fuel when the engine is “over-revving” re-
sulting in a gradual loss of engine power.
When the engine is idling, the rev counter
CAR
may indicate a gradual or sudden speed in-
crease. This is normal as it takes place dur-
ing normal operation, for example when
activating the climate control system or
TECHNICAL
the fan. In particular a slow change in the
speed preserves the battery charge.
INDEX
21
AND CONTROLS
ENGINE COOLANT FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
DASHBOARD TEMPERATURE GAUGE This shows the amount of fuel left in the
This shows the temperature of the engine fuel tank.
coolant fluid and begins working when the The reserve warning light B- fig. 19 turns
fluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C. on to indicate that approx. 8 litres of fuel
DEVICES
SAFETY
Under normal conditions, the needle are left in the tank.

should move to different positions of the E - tank empty.
scale according to the conditions of use of
the car. F - tank full (see the indications given in
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0528m
fig. 19 paragraph “At the filling station").
C - Low engine coolant temperature.
The turning on of the warning light A-fig. Do not travel with the fuel tank almost
H - High engine coolant temperature. empty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam-
19 (together with the message shown on
the display) indicates that the coolant flu- age the catalyst.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
id temperature is too high; in this case, IMPORTANT If the needle sets at E with
stop the engine and contact a Fiat Deal- warning light B flashing, it means that the
ership. system is malfunctioning. Contact a Fiat
Dealership to have the system inspected.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
If the needle reaches the red

area, stop the engine immedi-
ately and contact a Fiat Deal-

CAR
ership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
22
MULTIFUNCTION
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DISPLAY
Your car is fitted with the multifunction
display that shows all the useful informa-
DEVICES
SAFETY
tion necessary when driving.
INFORMATION ON
“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 20
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C3245g F0C0022m
fig. 20 fig. 21
The standard screen shows the following
indications:
CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 21 Note Buttons Õ and Ô activate different
A Date functions according to the following situ-
Õ To scroll the display and the related ations:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
B Dualdrive electric power steering en- options upwards or to increase the
gagement, if any value displayed. – to scroll the menu options upwards and
downwards;
C Selespeed mode (where provided) and MODE Brief press to open the menu
engaged gear display and/or to move to next screen or to con- – to increase or to decrease values during
EMERGENCY
firm the option required. settings.
IN AN
D Clock
Long press to go back to the standard
E Odometer (covered km or miles) screen.
F External temperature Ô To scroll the display and the related op-
G Headlight aiming position (only with tions downwards or to decrease the
CAR
dipped beam headlights on) value displayed.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
23
AND CONTROLS
SETUP MENU fig. 22 Selecting an option in the main menu Selecting an option in the main menu with
DASHBOARD The menu comprises a series of functions
without submenu: submenu:
arranged in a “circular fashion” which can – press briefly button MODE to select – press briefly button MODE to display
be selected through buttons Õ and Ô to the menu option to set; the first submenu option;
access the different select operations and
settings (setup) given below. For certain – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press-
DEVICES
SAFETY
options (Set time and Units) there is a sub- es) to select the new setting; es) to scroll all submenu options;
menu. – press briefly button MODE to store the – press briefly button MODE to select
The setup menu can be activated by press- new setting and to go back to the previ- the displayed submenu option and to en-
CORRECT USE
ously selected menu option. ter the relevant setup menu;

OF THE CAR
ing briefly button MODE.

Single presses on buttons Õ or Ô will – press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press-
scroll the setup menu options. Handling es) to select the new setting;
modes differ with each other according to – press briefly button MODE to store the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the characteristic of the option selected. new setting and to go back to the previ-
Note If the car is equipped with Con- ously selected submenu option.
nect/Navigator, phone and audio info can
be repeated on the multifunction display.
EMERGENCY
For other set-up menu adjustments and/or

IN AN
settings, see the Connect/Navigator Sup-

plement.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
24
AND CONTROLS
Selecting “Set date” and “Set time”: Press button MODE for long: The setup menu displaying is timed; when
DASHBOARD
quitting the menu due to timing expiry,
– briefly press button MODE to select – to quit the submenu if you are at sub- only settings stored yet by the user (and
the first value to change (e.g. hours /min- menu option setting level; confirmed by pressing briefly button
utes or year / month / day); MODE) will be saved.
– to quit the main menu if you are at sub-
– press buttons Õ or Ô (by single press- menu level;
DEVICES
SAFETY
es) to select the new setting;
– to quit the main menu if you are at main
– briefly press button MODE to store the menu option setting level;
new setting and to go to the next setup
– to quit the set up menu if you are in the
CORRECT USE
menu option, if this is the last one you will
OF THE CAR
go back to the previously selected option main menu;
of the main menu. – only settings stored yet by the user (and
confirmed by pressing briefly button
MODE) will be saved.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
25
AND CONTROLS
Example:
DASHBOARD Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standard Day
Español screen. To surf the menu use buttons Õ or Ô. For safety rea-
Français Portuges sons, when the car is running, it is possible to access only the
Year Month
reduced menu (for setting the “Speed limit” and “Automatic
headlight sensor sensitivity adjustment” (where provided).
DEVICES
Italiano Deutsch When the car is stationary access to the whole menu is en-
SAFETY
English abled. On cars provided with Connect/Navigator many func-

tions are displayed on the navigator display. MODE
briefly press
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
button
MODE
briefly press
button
TRIP B DATA SET TIME
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SET DATE
HEADL. SENSOR
SEE RADIO
EMERGENCY
SPEED BEEP
IN AN
EXIT MENU
KEY
CAR
SERVICE
AUTOCLOSE
TECHNICAL
F0C2369g
BELT BUZZER UNITS
LANGUAGE
BUTTON VOL. BUZZER VOLUME
INDEX
fig. 22
26
AND CONTROLS
Speed limit (Speed Beep) To abort the setting, proceed as follows: Automatic headlight sensor
DASHBOARD
With this function it is possible to set the – briefly press button MODE: (On) will sensitivity adjustment
car speed limit (km/h or mph); when this flash on the display; (Headl. sensor) (where provided)
limit is exceeded the driver is immediate- With this function it is possible to adjust
ly alerted (see section “Warning lights and – press button Ô: (Off) will flash on the
display; the light sensor sensitivity according to 3
messages”).
DEVICES
levels (level 1 = min. level, level 2 = av-
SAFETY
To set the speed limit, proceed as follows: – briefly press button MODE to go back erage level, level 3 = max. level); the high-
to the menu screen or press the button er the sensitivity is, the lower is the ex-
– briefly press button MODE, the display for long to go back to the standard screen ternal light intensity required to switch on
CORRECT USE
will show wording (Speed Beep); without storing settings. the lights.
OF THE CAR
– press button Õ or Ô to select activa- This operation can be performed also with
tion (On) or deactivation (Off) of the the car moving.
speed limit;
To set the light level required, proceed as
LIGHTS AND
– if selecting (On), press button Õ or Ô
MESSAGES
WARNING
follows:
to select the required speed limit and then
press MODE to confirm. – briefly press button MODE, the previ-
ously set level will flash on the display;
Note The possible setting is between 30
– press button Õ or Ô to select the re-
EMERGENCY
and 250 km/h, or between 20 and 155
IN AN
mph depending on the unit set previous- quired level;
ly (see paragraph “Distance unit (Dis- – briefly press button MODE to go back
tances)” described later. Every press on to the menu screen or press the button
button Õ/Ô increases/decreases by 5
for long to go back to the standard screen
units. Keeping the button Õ/Ô pressed without storing settings.
CAR
obtains the automatic fast increase or de-
crease. When you are near the required
setting complete adjustment by single
presses.
TECHNICAL
– briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button
without storing settings.
INDEX
27
AND CONTROLS
Trip B On/Off (TripB data) Setting the clock (Set time) – if selecting “Mode”: briefly press but-
DASHBOARD Through this option it is possible to acti- This function enables to set the clock
ton MODE, “12h” or “24h” will flash on
the display;
vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B through two submenus: “Time” and
(partial trip) (for further information see “Mode”. – press button Õ or Ô to select “24h” or
“Trip computer”). “12h”.
To set the clock proceed as follows:
DEVICES
SAFETY
For activation / deactivation, proceed as After setting, briefly press button MODE
follows: – briefly press button MODE, the display to go back to the submenu screen or
will show the two submenus “Time” and press the button for long to go back to the
– briefly press button MODE: (On) or “Mode”; main menu screen without storing set-
CORRECT USE
(Off) will flash on the display (according to

OF THE CAR
previous setting); – press button Õ or Ô to scroll the two tings.

submenus; – press again button MODE for long to
– press button Õ or Ô for setting; go back to the standard screen or to the
– select the required submenu and then
– briefly press button MODE to go back press briefly MODE; main menu according to the current menu
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to the menu screen or press the button level.

for long to go back to the standard screen – if selecting “Time”: briefly press button
without storing settings. MODE, “hours” will flash on the display;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting;
EMERGENCY
– press button MODE, “minutes” will

IN AN
flash on the display;

– press button Õ or Ô for setting.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
28
AND CONTROLS
Setting the date (Set date) Audio info repetition (See radio) Door opening mode (Key)
DASHBOARD
This function enables to update the date With this function the display repeats in- This function enables to select the re-
(day – month – year). formation relevant to the sound system. quired door opening mode:
To correct the date proceed as follows: – Radio: selected radio station frequency – briefly press button MODE, the display
or RDS message; will show the wording “Key”;
DEVICES
– briefly press button MODE: “year” will
SAFETY
flash on the display; – Audio CD/MP3 CD: CD and/or track – press button Õ or Ô to select option
number; “Open doors” or “Open all”;
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) – briefly press button MODE to go back
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– briefly press button MODE: “month” sound system info displaying proceed as to the menu screen or press the button
will flash on the display; follows: for long to go back to the standard screen
– press button Õ or Ô for setting; – briefly press button MODE: (On) or
– briefly press button MODE: “day” will (Off) will flash on the display (according to – “Open doors”: press button Ë to open
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
flash on the display; previous setting); the doors (excluding the tailgate);
– press button Õ or Ô for setting. – press button Õ or Ô for setting; – “Open all”: press button Ë to open the
doors and the tailgate.
Note Every press on button Õ or Ô in- – briefly press button MODE to go back
EMERGENCY
creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping the
IN AN
button pressed obtains automatic fast infor long to go back to the standard screen
crease or decrease. When you are near without storing settings.
the required setting complete adjustment
by single presses.
CAR
TECHNICAL
INDEX
29
AND CONTROLS
Automatic central door locking Setting units (Units) If set unit is “km”, the display will show fu-
DASHBOARD when travelling (Autoclose) With this function it is possible to set the
el consumption in km/l or l/100km.
When activated (On), this function locks units through three submenus: “Dis- If set unit is “mi” the display will show fu-
automatically the doors when the car tances”, “Consumption” and “Tempera- el consumption in “mpg”.
speed exceeds 20 km/h. ture”.
DEVICES
SAFETY
To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off) this To set the required unit proceed as fol-
lows: – if selecting “Temperature”: pressing but-
function proceed as follows: ton MODE briefly, the display will show
– briefly press button MODE, the display – briefly press button MODE, the display “°C” or “°F” (according to previous set-
CORRECT USE
will show the three submenus; ting);

OF THE CAR
will show the wording “Travelling”. Word-

ings On or Off will flash (according to pre- – press button Õ or Ô to scroll the three – press button Õ or Ô to select the re-
vious setting); submenus; quired level;
– press button Õ or Ô for setting; – select the required submenu and then
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– briefly press button MODE to go back press briefly button MODE;

to the menu screen or press the button – if selecting “Distances”: pressing button
for long to go back to the standard screen MODE briefly, the display will show “km”
without storing settings. or “mi” (according to previous setting);
EMERGENCY

IN AN
– if selecting “Consumption”: pressing but-

ton MODE briefly, the display will show
“km/l ”, “l/100km” or “mpg” (according to

previous setting);
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
30
AND CONTROLS
After setting, briefly press button MODE Selecting the language (Language) Setting the buzzer volume
DASHBOARD
to go back to the submenu screen or (Buzzer volume)
press the button for long to go back to the Display messages can be shown in differ-
main menu screen without storing set- ent languages: Italian, French, Spanish, Por- With this function the volume of the
tings. tuguese, German, English. buzzer accompanying any failure/warning
To set the required language proceed as indication can be adjusted according to 8
– press again button MODE for long to
DEVICES
levels.
SAFETY
go back to the standard screen or to the follows:
main menu according to the current menu – briefly press button MODE: the previ- To set the required the volume proceed
level. ously set “language” will flash on the dis- as follows:
CORRECT USE
play;
OF THE CAR
– briefly press button MODE: the previ-
– press button Õ or Ô for setting; ously set volume “level” will flash on the
display;
to the menu screen or press the button – press button Õ or Ô for setting;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
for long to go back to the standard screen – briefly press button MODE to go back
without storing settings. to the menu screen or press the button
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
31
AND CONTROLS
Adjusting the button volume S.B.R. buzzer reactivation Scheduled Servicing (Service)
DASHBOARD (Button vol.) (Belt buzzer) Through this function it is possible to dis-
With this function the volume of the This function can be only displayed after play information connected to proper car
roger-beep accompanying the activation Fiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R. servicing.
of buttons MODE, Õ and Ô can be ad- system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” in To display scheduled servicing info pro-
DEVICES
justed according to 8 levels. section “Safety devices”).

SAFETY
ceed as follows:
To set the required the volume proceed – briefly press button MODE: service in
as follows: km or mi, according to previous setting,
CORRECT USE
will be displayed (see paragraph “Distance

OF THE CAR
– briefly press button MODE: the previ-

ously set volume “level” will flash on the unit”);
display; – press button Õ or Ô to select display-
– press button Õ or Ô for setting; ing in days;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– briefly press button MODE to go back – briefly press button MODE to go back
to the menu screen or press the button to the menu screen or press the button
for long to go back to the standard screen for long to go back to the standard screen
without storing settings. without storing settings.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
32
AND CONTROLS
Note The “Service Schedule” includes car Exit Menu
DASHBOARD
maintenance every 30,000 km (or equiv-
alent value in miles) or every year; this is This is the last function that closes the cir-
shown automatically, with the ignition key cular setting cycle listed in the initial menu
at MAR, starting from 2,000 km (or equiv- screen.
alent value in miles) or 30 days from this Briefly press button MODE to go back to
DEVICES
SAFETY
deadline and it is shown again every 200 the standard screen without storing set-
km (or equivalent value in miles) or every tings.
3 days. Below 200 km servicing indications
are displayed more frequently. Servicing Press button Ô to return to the first menu
CORRECT USE
option (Speed Beep).
OF THE CAR
F0C0259m
indication will be displayed in km or mi ac- fig. 23
cording to previous setting. When a pro-
grammed maintenance interval (coupon) Instrument panel, display and
is near to come, turning the ignition key button lighting adjustment
to MAR, the display will show the mes-
LIGHTS AND
(Light rheostat)
MESSAGES
WARNING
sage “Service” followed by the number of
km/mi or days to go before car servicing. With this function it is possible to adjust
“Scheduled servicing” message is displayed the lighting (dimming/brightening) of the
in km/mi or days according to the ap- instrument panel, sound system display,
EMERGENCY
proaching service interval. Contact a Fiat Connect/Navigator display, two-zone cli-
IN AN
Dealership to carry out any service op- mate control display and steering wheel
eration provided by the “Service sched- controls.
ule” or “Annual inspection plan”, and to
reset the display. Press buttons Õ/Ô fig. 23 for light ad-
justment to carry out required light ad-
justment.
CAR
Return to standard screen is automatic or
by pressing briefly button MODE.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
33
TRIP COMPUTER
AND CONTROLS
“General Trip” displays the figures relat- Values displayed
DASHBOARD ing to:
Range
GENERAL – Range
This value shows the distance in km (or
The “Trip computer” displays information – Trip distance mi) that the car can still cover before
(with ignition key at MAR), relating to the needing fuel, assuming that driving condi-
DEVICES
– Average consumption
SAFETY
operating status of the car. tions are kept unvaried. The display will
– Instant consumption show “----” if the range value is below 50
This function comprises the “General trip” km (or 30 mi).
concerning the “complete mission” of the – Average speed
CORRECT USE
Trip distance
OF THE CAR
car (journey) and “Trip B”, concerning the – Trip time (driving time).
partial mission of the car; this latter func- This value shows the distance covered
tion is “contained” (as shown in fig. 25) from the start of the new mission.
within the complete mission. Both func- “Trip B” displays the figures relating to:
tions are resettable (reset - start of new Average consumption
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
mission). – Trip distance B This value shows the average consump-

– Average consumption B tion from the start of the new mission.
– Average speed B Instant consumption
EMERGENCY
– Trip time B (driving time). This value shows instant fuel consumption
IN AN
(this value is updated second by second). If

Note “Trip B” function can be excluded parking the car with engine on, the display
(see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”). “Range” will show “----”.
and “Instant consumption” cannot be re-
set. Average speed

CAR
This value shows the car average speed as

a function of the overall time elapsed since
the start of the new mission.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
34
AND CONTROLS
Trip time TRIP button fig. 24
DASHBOARD
This value shows the time elapsed since The TRIP button, set on right steering col-
the start of the new mission. umn stalk, shall be used (with ignition key
at MAR), to display and to reset the pre-
IMPORTANT Lacking information, Trip viously described values to start a new
computer values are displayed with “----”. mission:
DEVICES
SAFETY
When normal operating condition is re-
set, calculation of different units will – short push to display the different val-
restart regularly. Values displayed before ues;
the failure will not be reset.
CORRECT USE
– long push to reset and then start a new
OF THE CAR
F0C0023m
fig. 24
mission.
New mission
New mission starts after:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– “manual” resetting by the user, by press-
ing the relevant button;
– “automatic” resetting, when the “trip
distance” reaches 4999,9 km or when the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
“trip time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours and
59 minutes);
– after disconnecting/reconnecting the
battery.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
35
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT The reset operation in the Start of journey procedure
DASHBOARD presence of the screens concerning the
With ignition key at MAR, press and keep
“General Trip” makes it possible to reset
also the “Trip B”. The reset operation in TRIP button pressed for over 2 seconds
the presence of the screens concerning to reset.
only the “Trip B” makes it possible to re-
DEVICES
SAFETY
set only the information associated with

this function.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Reset GENERAL TRIP

Reset GENERAL TRIP End of complete mission
End of complete mission Start of new mission
Start of new mission
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
˙
˙
GENERAL TRIP
Reset TRIP B
EMERGENCY
˙
TRIP B
IN AN
Reset TRIP B
˙
TRIP B
˙
Reset TRIP B TRIP B

CAR
End of partial mission
˙
˙
Start of new partial mission
End of partial mission
Start of new
partial mission
TECHNICAL
End of partial mission Reset TRIP B

Start of new End of partial mission
partial mission Start of new
partial mission
INDEX
fig. 25
36
SEATS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Only make adjustments when
the car is stationary.
FRONT SEATS fig. 26
Moving the seat backwards
DEVICES
SAFETY
or forwards
Fabric upholstery of your car
Lift the lever A (on the internal side of the is purpose-made to withstand
seat) and push the seat forwards or back- common wear resulting from
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
wards: in driving position the arms should normal use of the car. It is
rest on the rim of the steering wheel. however absolutely necessary to pre-
vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-
Seat height adjustment ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-
(where provided) sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally
Move the lever B upwards or downwards the fabric could break yarns and dam-
to achieve the required height. age the upholstery as a consequence.
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-
EMERGENCY
ried out only seated in the driver’s seat.
IN AN
Back rest angle adjustment F0C0158m
fig. 26
Turn the knob C.
Tilting the back rest Once you have released the
CAR
Lumbar adjustment (3-door versions) lever, check that the seat is
(where provided) firmly locked in the runners by
To gain access to the rear seats, pull the trying to move it back and
To adjust, turn the knob D. handle E upwards, the back rest folds and forth. Failure to lock the seat in place
TECHNICAL
the seat is free to run forwards. When re- could result in the seat moving sud-
setting the back rest, the seat returns to denly and the driver losing control of
its original position (mechanical memory). the car.
INDEX
37
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C305m
fig. 27
Seat warming
(where provided) fig. 27
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
With ignition key at MAR, press button

C to switch the seat warming on/off. The
led on the button will light up when the
function is on.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0415m F0C0404m
fig. 28 fig. 29
Front passenger’s seat EASY ENTRY (3-door versions)

CAR
“table” tilting (where provided) This function, operating regardless of the

To tilt the seat, use lever A-fig. 28 and ignition key position, facilitates access to
fold the back rest at the same time. rear seats.
TECHNICAL
To reset it to normal position, lift the back To access the rear seats lift handle A-fig.
rest in the direction opposed to the ar- 29 and move the seat back forwards B:
row until hearing the coupling click. the seat automatically slides forward.
INDEX
38
AND CONTROLS
When the front seat back is returned to
DASHBOARD
its normal position, the seat returns to its Fabric upholstery of your car
original position. is purpose-made to withstand
common wear resulting from
If, when returning to the original position, normal use of the car. It is
it finds an obstacle (e.g.: rear passenger’s however absolutely necessary to pre-
knees) it stops; then moves forwards of vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-
DEVICES
SAFETY
few centimetres and then it locks. ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-
sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-
REAR SLIDING SEATS cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and dam-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
(where provided)
age the upholstery as a consequence.
Back rest angle adjustment
Lift handle A-fig. 30 and guide the back
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
rest adjusting it in one of the six available
positions.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0338m
fig. 30
Moving the seat backwards
CAR
or forwards
Lift lever B taking it in the middle and
move the seat backwards or forwards; the
two sides can be adjusted individually.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
39
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0314m F0C0315m F0C0312m

fig. 31 fig. 32 fig. 33
The space obtained between the rear seat To guarantee proper seat belt fastening WARNING
back and the baggage compartment can be when travelling, the seat back shall be ad-
covered with proper boot covers B- justed in 4th position fig. 33 Once you have released the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 31 (left-hand side) and D (right-hand lever, check that the seat is
side). firmly locked in the runners by trying
to move it back and forth. Failure to
To do this, take tongues A-fig. 31and C lock the seat in place could result in
and leading them delicately, hook covers the seat moving suddenly and the dri-
EMERGENCY
B-fig. 31 and D to the relevant fixings E-

IN AN
WARNING ver losing control of the car.

fig. 32 located on the back of the rear seat
backs. Only make adjustments
when the car is stationary.
CAR
WARNING
For maximum safety, keep
the back of your seat up-
TECHNICAL
right, lean back into it and make sure

the seat belt fits closely across your
chest and hips.
INDEX
40
HEAD RESTRAINTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FRONT
Head restraints are adjustable in height
and they lock automatically in the required
DEVICES
SAFETY
position.
❒ to raise: raise the head restraint until
hearing the locking click.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0123m F0C0095m
fig. 34 fig. 35
❒ to lower: press button A-fig. 34 and
lower the head restraint.
WARNING REAR
Remember that the head re- Rear seats are fitted with three head re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
straints should be adjusted straints.
to support the back of your head and To lift out head restraint: take it com-
not your neck. Only in this position pletely out from the seat back (position of
do they exert their protective action. use) until hearing a click.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
To bring it back to the original position
(non-use position): press button A-
fig. 35 and lower the head restraint down
into its seat.
WARNING IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shall
CAR
To optimise head restraint always set the head restraints in the po-
protective action, adjust the sition of use.
seat back upright and keep your head
as close as possible to the head re-
TECHNICAL
straint.
INDEX
41
STEERING WHEEL
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Any adjustment of the steer-
The driver can adjust the steering wheel ing wheel position must be
position both axially and in height. carried out only with the car station-
Release the lever A-fig. 36 pulling it to- ary and the engine turned off.
DEVICES
SAFETY
wards the steering wheel, then adjust it in

the most suitable position and lock it push-
ing the lever A fully forwards.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0033m
fig. 36
WARNING
It is absolutely forbidden to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
carry out whatever after-

market operation involving steering
system or steering column modifica-
device) that could badly affect per-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
formance and safety, cause the lapse

of warranty and also result in non-
compliance of the car with homolo-
gation requirements.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
42
REARVIEW MIRRORS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DRIVING MIRROR
The mirror is fitted with a safety device
that causes it to be released in the event
DEVICES
SAFETY
of a violent crash.
It can be moved using the lever A-fig. 37
to two different positions: normal or
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0040m F0C0529m
antiglare. fig. 37 fig. 39
DOOR MIRRORS Electrical adjustment

Proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
Manual adjustment
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ use switch A-fig. 39 to select the mir-
When required (for example when the ror required (left or right);
mirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)
it is possible to fold the mirror moving it ❒ to adjust the mirror move the joystick
B in the four directions.
EMERGENCY
from position A-fig. 38 to position B.
IN AN
F0C00144m
fig. 38
CAR
When driving the mirrors shall As the driver’s door mirror is
always be in position A-fig. 38. curved, it may slightly alter the
perception of distance.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
43
HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
F0C0002m
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
fig. 40
INDEX
1. Upper fixed vent for defrosting or demisting windscreen - 2. Centre adjustable vent -3. Fixed vents for defrosting or demisting
side windows - 4. Side adjustable and swivel vents - 5. Lower vents - 6. Rear adjustable and swivel outlet - 7. Rear feet area fixed
vents.
44
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0064m F0C0031m F0C0030m
fig. 41 fig. 42 fig. 43
SIDE SWIVEL OUTLETS AND CENTRAL VENTS fig. 42 REAR VENT fig. 43
VENTS fig. 41 A - Controls for directing air flow (where provided)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
A - Fixed vent for side windows. (up/down, right/left). A - Controls for directing air flow
B - Air flow adjusting controls: (up/down, right/left).
B - Air flow adjusting control:
ç = completely closed B - Air flow adjusting control:
ç = completely closed
ç = completely closed
EMERGENCY
O = completely open. O = completely open.
IN AN
O = completely open.
C - Control for directing air flow
(up/down, right/left). Certain versions feature an oddment com-
partment instead of the rear vent.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
45
HEATING AND
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
VENTILATION
CONTROLS
DEVICES
SAFETY
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and

cold air)
B: Heated rear window on/off button
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
C: Fan knob
D: Air recirculation on/off button
E: Air distribution knob.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0380m
fig. 44
WARMING THE PASSENGER ≤to warm the feet and at the same
time demist the windscreen
CAR
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows: μ to warm the feet and keep the face
cool (“bilevel” function)
❒ knob pointer A in the red section;
w to warm the feet of the passengers
TECHNICAL
❒ knob pointer C on required speed; in the front and rear seats

❒ turn the knob E to: ❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
INDEX
46
AND CONTROLS
FRONT WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW RECIRCULATION
DASHBOARD
FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING AND DOOR MIRROR Pressing button T turns on this func-
Proceed as follows: DEMISTING/DEFROSTING tion which is shown by the turning on of
❒ rotate completely (pointer on -) Pressing button ( turns on this function the led on the button. This function is par-
which is shown by the turning on of the ticularly useful when the outside air is
knob A to the right;
led on the button (. heavily polluted (in a traffic jam, tunnel,
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ turn knob C to -; etc.). However, it is better not to use it
This function is timed and switches off au- for long periods, especially if there are sev-
❒ turn knob E to -; tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out eral people in the car.
this function press again button (.
CORRECT USE
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation
off). IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on system makes it possible to reach the re-
the inside of the rear window over the quired “heating” or “cooling” conditions
After demisting/defrosting use common heating filaments to avoid damage that
controls to maintain the optimum condi- faster. Do not use the air recirculation
might cause it to stop working properly. function on rainy/cold days as it would
LIGHTS AND
tions of visibility and comfort.
MESSAGES
WARNING
considerably increase the possibility of the
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT windows misting inside.
Window demisting
To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
In the event of considerable outside mois- properly, proceed as follows:
EMERGENCY
ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-
IN AN
ferences in temperature inside and out- ❒ Central and side vents: completely
side the passenger compartment, perform open;
the following preventive demisting proce-
dure: ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T ❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
CAR
off); ❒ Knob pointer E to ¥;
❒ turn knob A to red section; ❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
TECHNICAL
❒ turn knob C to 2 speed;
nd
❒ turn knob E to - or to ≤ if the win-

dows do not demist.
INDEX
47
MANUAL CLIMATE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
CONTROLS
A: Air temperature knob (mixing hot and
cold air)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
B: Heated rear window on/off button

C: Fan knob
D: Compressor on/off switch
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
E: Air recirculation on/off button

F: Air distribution knob.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0372m
fig. 45
WARMING THE PASSENGER ≤to warm the feet and at the same time
demist the windscreen
CAR
COMPARTMENT
Proceed as follows: μto warm the feet and keep the face cool
(“bilevel” function)
❒ knob pointer A in the red section;
w to warm the feet of the front and rear
TECHNICAL
❒ knob pointer C on required speed; passengers.

❒ turn knob F to: ❒ air recirculation off (button led T
off).
INDEX
48
❒ turn knob A to red section;
AND CONTROLS
FRONT WINDOW FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT
DASHBOARD
FAST DEMISTING/DEFROSTING ❒ turn knob C to 2nd speed; To ventilate the passenger’s compartment
Proceed as follows: properly, proceed as follows:
❒ turn knob F to - or to ≤ if the win-
❒ press button ❄; dows do not demist. ❒ Central and side vents: completely
open;
❒ rotate completely (pointer on -)
DEVICES
Climate control system is very useful to
SAFETY
knob A to the right; speed up demisting since it dehumidifies ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section;
the air. Set controls to demisting function
❒ turn knob C to -; and switch on the climate control system ❒ knob pointer C on required speed;
by pressing button ❄. ❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;
CORRECT USE
❒ turn knob F to -;
OF THE CAR
❒ air recirculation off (button led T ❒ air recirculation off (button led T
HEATED REAR WINDOW off).
off).
AND DOOR MIRROR
After demisting/defrosting use common DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
controls to maintain the optimum condi-
tions of visibility and comfort. Pressing button ( turns on this function
which is shown by the turning on of the
led on the button (.
Window demisting
EMERGENCY
This function is timed and switches off au-
In the event of considerable outside mois-
IN AN
tomatically after 20 minutes. To cut out
ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif- this function press again button (.
ferences in temperature inside and out-
side the passenger compartment, perform IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on
the following preventive demisting proce- the inside of the rear window over the
CAR
dure: heating filaments to avoid damage that
might cause it to stop working properly.
❒ press button ❄;
❒ air recirculation off (button led T
TECHNICAL
off);
INDEX
49
AND CONTROLS
AIR RECIRCULATION CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling) LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM
DASHBOARD Pressing button T turns on this func- Proceed as follows: During winter, the climate control system
tion which is shown by the turning on of must be turned on at least once a month
the led on the button. ❒ Knob pointer A on blue section; for about 10 minutes. Before summer,
This function is particularly useful when ❒ knob pointer C on required speed; have the system checked at a Fiat Deal-
ership.
DEVICES
SAFETY
the outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf- ❒ Knob pointer F to ¥;

fic jam, tunnel, etc.) However, it is better
not to use it for long periods, especially ❒ Press buttons ❄ and T (button leds
if there are several people in the car. on).
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation Cooling adjustment

system makes it possible to reach the re-
quired “heating” or “cooling” conditions Proceed as follows:
faster. Do not use the air recirculation
❒ Turn off button T (button led off);
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
function on rainy/cold days as it would

considerably increase the possibility of the ❒ Turn knob A to the right to raise tem-
windows misting inside. perature;
❒ Turn knob C to the left to reduce the
EMERGENCY
fan speed.
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
50
AUTOMATIC
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
TWO-ZONE CLIMATE
CONTROL SYSTEM
(where provided)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Description
The car is fitted with a two-zone climate
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
control system which makes it possible to
separately adjust the air temperature on
the driver’s side and on the passenger’s
side.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
The system is fitted with the AQS func-
WARNING
tion (Air Quality System) that turns on in-
side air recirculation automatically when
it detects the presence of outside pollut-
ed air (for example when driving in the
EMERGENCY
city, queues and tunnels).
IN AN
F0C0381m
fig. 46
CONTROLS
A: Button for selecting the system auto-
E: Button for aligning the temperature H: MAX-DEF function button (front win-
matic mode (AUTO) and knob to ad- set on the passenger’s side with that dow fast defrosting/demisting)
CAR
just temperature on driver side on the driver’s side (MONO) and
knob to adjust temperature on pas- I: Passenger compartment temperature
B: Air distribution selection button sensor
senger side
C: Display showing climate control sys-
TECHNICAL
F: Two-zone climate control on/off but- L: Inside air recirculation and AQS func-
tem data tion on/off button
ton
D: Knob for adjusting fan speed M: Climate control compressor on/off
G: Rear window heating on/off button
button
INDEX
51
AND CONTROLS
SWITCHING THE CLIMATE HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC It is possible to personalise the choices
DASHBOARD CONTROL SYSTEM ON FUNCTION (AUTO) made automatically by the system inter-
vening manually on the following controls:
The system can be started in different Press button AUTO; the system will au-
ways, but it is advisable to set the tem- tomatically adjust: ❒ fan speed adjustment knob;
peratures required on the display; then ❒ air distribution selection button;
❒ air inlet in the passenger’s compart-
DEVICES
press button AUTO.

SAFETY
ment; ❒ inside air recirculation and AQS func-

It is possible to personalise required tem-
peratures (driver and passenger) with a ❒ air distribution in the passenger’s com- tion on/off button;
maximum difference of 7°C. partment; ❒ climate control compressor button.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The climate control system compressor thus cancelling all the previous manual ad-
works only with the engine running and justments.
outside temperature above 4°C. When the climate control system is work-
ing automatically, FULL AUTO is dis-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
played.
WARNING
It is inadvisable to use the in-
side air recirculation feature
with low outside temperature as the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
windows might mist over quickly.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
52
AND CONTROLS
FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT FAST FRONT WINDOW HEATED REAR WINDOW
DASHBOARD
To adjust the fan speed, press button p. DEMISTING/DEFROSTING AND DOOR MIRROR
(MAX-DEF function) DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
The 12 selectable speeds are shown by the
lighting up of the bars on the climate con- Pressing button - the climate control Pressing button ( activates this function.
trol system display: automatically activates timed operation of When this function is on, the button led
DEVICES
all the functions required to quicken is on.
SAFETY
❒ max fan speed = all bars lit demisting/defrosting of the windscreen
and front side windows. This function is timed.
❒ min fan speed = one bar lit.
Functions are: IMPORTANT Press button T to ob-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
The fan can be cut off (all bars off) only if tain outside air inlet into passenger com-
the climate control compressor has been ❒ switches on climate control compres- partment.
switched off pressing button ❄. sor (if outside temperature exceeds
4°C);
To restore automatic fan speed control,
❒ switches off inside air recirculation, if
LIGHTS AND
after a manual adjustment, press button
MESSAGES
WARNING
AUTO. on (button led T off);
❒ switches on heated rear window (but-
ton led - on) and door mirror coils;
EMERGENCY
❒ sets max air temperature;
IN AN
❒ activates proper air flow.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
53
AND CONTROLS
INSIDE AIR RECIRCULATION Pressing button OFF, the climate control AQS (Air Quality System)
DASHBOARD ON/OFF AND AQS FUNCTION system turns on automatically the inside function activation
(Air Quality System) air recirculation function (button led
T on). In these conditions it is how- The AQS function, (message AQS on the
Press button T. ever possible to take air from the outside display), turns on air recirculation auto-
(and vice versa) pressing button T matically when it detects the presence of
Inside air recirculation is controlled by
DEVICES
outside polluted air (for example when

SAFETY
three operating logics: (button led off).

driving in the city, queues and tunnels).
❒ automatic control, indicated by message With button OFF pressed (button led on),
the AQS (Air Quality System) function IMPORTANT When the AQS function is
AQS on the display and button led active, after 15 minutes of consecutive in-
CORRECT USE
T off; cannot be activated.

OF THE CAR
ternal air recirculation, the climate con-

❒ forced switching off (inside air recircu- IMPORTANT The inside air recirculation trol system enables outside air inlet (re-
lation always off with air inlet from out- system makes it possible to reach the regardless of air pollution level) for approx.
side), button led T off; quired “heating” or “cooling” conditions 1 minute to change air inside the passen-
faster. It is however inadvisable to use it ger compartment.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ forced switching on (inside air recircu- on rainy/cold days as it would consider-

lation always on with air inlet from out- ably increase the possibility of the win-
side), button led T on. dows misting inside, especially if the cli-
mate control system is off. It is advisable
EMERGENCY
to turn on the inside air recirculation sys-

IN AN
tem in queues or tunnels to avoid admit-

ting polluted air from outside. The pro-
longed use of this function should how-
ever be avoided, especially with several
persons on board, to avoid the possibili-

CAR
ty of the windows misting inside.

TECHNICAL
INDEX
54
AND CONTROLS
ALIGNMENT OF SET CLIMATE CONTROL AIR DISTRIBUTION SELECTION
DASHBOARD
TEMPERATURES COMPRESSOR ON/OFF Pressing one or more buttons Q/E/Z
(MONO function) Press button ❄ to switch on the climate it is possible to choose manually 7 of the
Pressing button MONO automatically control compressor. possible air distributions to the passenger
aligns the temperature on the passenger’s compartment:
DEVICES
side with that on the driver’s side. Q
SAFETY
Compressor on Air flow to the windscreen and
Turn the knob AUTO or MONO to ❒ button led ❄ on; front side window vents to demist
raise/reduce the temperature between the or defrost them.
two zones by the same value. ❒ symbol ❄ on the display, lit.
CORRECT USE
Z
OF THE CAR
Air flow towards the front and
Press again button MONO to disable the Compressor off rear lower parts of the passenger
function. compartment. This type of distri-
❒ button led ❄ off;
bution allows heating of the pas-
❒ symbol ❄ on the display, off;
LIGHTS AND
senger compartment in the short-
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ inside air recirculation off; est time.
❒ AQS function disabled. QE Splitting of the air flow between
Z front and rear vents, centre and
EMERGENCY
With the climate control compressor off,
side dashboard outlets, rear out-
IN AN
it is not possible to admit air to the pas-
senger compartment with a temperature let, windscreen and front side win-
below the outside temperature; in this dow demisting vents.
case symbol ò flashes on the display.
E
Air flow to the dashboard centre
The switching off of the climate control and side outlets (passenger’s
CAR
compressor remains in storage even when body).
the engine has been stopped. To restore
automatic control for switching on the cli-
mate control compressor, press button ❄
TECHNICAL
or AUTO, in which case, the other man-
ual settings set will be cancelled.
INDEX
55
Q
AND CONTROLS
Splitting of the air flow between IMPORTANT For operation of the cli- SWITCHING THE CLIMATE
DASHBOARD Z feet vents and windscreen and mate control system, at least one of but- CONTROL SYSTEM OFF
front side window demisting/de- tons Q/E/Z shall be activated. Deacti-
vation of all buttons Q/E/Z is therefore Press button OFF.
frosting vents. This type of air
distribution allows satisfactory not enabled by the system. The following information is displayed:
heating of the passenger com- IMPORTANT To switch the system on ❒ writing OFF;
DEVICES
SAFETY
partment while preventing pos- again, press button OFF; this operation re-
sible misting of the windows. sets all operating conditions stored before ❒ outside temperature;
switching off. ❒ inside air recirculation on (button led
CORRECT USE
E Splitting of the air flow between T on).

OF THE CAR
To restore automatic air distribution con-

Z feet vents (warmest air) and the trol after a manual selection, press button
dashboard centre and side outlets AUTO.
and the rear outlet (coolest air).
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Q
E Splitting of the air flow between
centre and side dashboard outlets,
rear outlet and windscreen and
EMERGENCY
side window demisting/defrosting

IN AN
vents. This type of air distribution

allows satisfactory ventilation of
the passenger compartment while
preventing possible misting of the

CAR
windows.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
56
EXTERNAL LIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The left-hand stalk controls the external
lights and the direction indicators.
The external lights can only be switched
DEVICES
SAFETY
on when the ignition key is at MAR.
LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 47
CORRECT USE
Knurled ring turned to O.
OF THE CAR
F0C0042m F0C0046m
fig. 47 fig. 48
SIDELIGHTS fig. 47 MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 47 DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 48

Turn the knurled ring to 6. When the knurled ring is at 2 push the Push the lever to (stable) position:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The warning light 3 on the instrument lever towards the dashboard (stable posi-
❒ up (position 1): right-hand direction in-
panel will turn on. tion).
dicator on
The warning light 1 on the instrument
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS panel will turn on. ❒ down (position 2): left-hand direction
indicator on
EMERGENCY
fig. 47
IN AN
Pulling the lever towards the steering
Turn the knurled ring to 2. wheel again, the main beams are turned Warning light Î or ¥ will come on flash-
off and the dipped beams on. ing on the instrument cluster at the same
The warning light 3 on the instrument time.
panel will turn on.
FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTS
CAR
fig. 47
Pull the lever towards the steering wheel
(unstable position) regardless of the po-
TECHNICAL
sition of the knurled ring.
The warning light 1 on the instrument
panel will turn on.
INDEX
57
AND CONTROLS
Direction indicators are switched off au- Activation
DASHBOARD tomatically when the steering wheel is
With the ignition key at STOP or re-
straightened.
moved, pull the stalk towards the steering
If you want the indicator to flash briefly to wheel and operate it within 2 minutes
show that you are about to change lane, from when the engine is turned off.
move the stalk up or down without click-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ing into position (unstable position). When At each single movement of the stalk, the
released the stalk will return to its home staying on of the lights is extended by 30
position. seconds up to a maximum of 2.5 minutes,
then the lights are switched off automati-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0045m
fig. 49 cally.
Each time the lever is operated, the warn-
“FOLLOW ME HOME” ing light 3 turns on together with the
DEVICE fig. 49 message on the display (see “Warning
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
This function allows the illumination of the lights and messages” section).
space in front of the car for a preset pe-
riod of time. Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-
EMERGENCY
ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
58
AND CONTROLS
Activation Deactivation
DASHBOARD
Turn the knurled ring to 2A : in this way, As a result of the sensor control, the main
the automatic activation of the side/tail- beam headlights will switch off and, after
lights and dipped beam headlights are si- around 10 seconds, sidelights will switch
multaneously enabled according to the ex- off too.
ternal luminosity.
DEVICES
SAFETY
The light sensor is not able to detect the
During the sensor operation lights can on- fog presence, lights shall therefore be
ly be made flashing. switched on manually.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0153m
fig. 50
AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTS
SENSOR (daylight sensor) fig. 50
LIGHTS AND
(where provided)
MESSAGES
WARNING
It detects the changes of the external light
intensity of the car according to the light
sensitivity set: greater is the sensitivity,
EMERGENCY
smaller is the amount of external light nec-
IN AN
essary to control the switching-on of the
exterior headlights. The daylight sensor
sensitivity can be adjusted with the “Set-
up menu” on the display.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
59
WINDOW WASHING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Never use the window wiper
to remove ice or snow from
WINDSCREEN WASHER/ the windscreen. In these con-
ditions, the wiper is submitted
WIPER fig. 51 to excessive effort that results in mo-
The device can only work when the igni- tor protection cutting in and wiper op-
DEVICES
SAFETY
tion key is at MAR. eration inhibition for few seconds as a

consequence. If operation is not re-
The right stalk can be moved to five dif- stored contact Fiat Dealership.
ferent positions:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
A: windscreen wiper off.

B: flick wipe.
With the stalk in position B, turning the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
knurled ring F four possible intermittent

speeds are obtained:
, = very slow intermittent
EMERGENCY
■ = slow intermittent.
IN AN
■■ = intermittent medium.
F0C0048m
■■■ = fast intermittent. fig. 51
C: continuous slow; Operation in position E is limited to the

time the lever is held in this position.
CAR
D: continuous fast; When the lever is released, it returns to

E: fast temporary (unstable position). position A automatically stopping the
wiper.
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT When the wiper is on, en-

gaging reverse gear automatically turns on
the rear window wiper.
INDEX
60
AND CONTROLS
Activation
DASHBOARD
Move the right-hand stalk downwards by
one position.
The activation of the rain sensor is sig-
nalled by a control acquisition “stroke”.
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in the
sensor area.
Turning the knurled ring F-fig. 51 it is
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0049m F0C0053m
fig. 52 fig. 53 possible to increase the sensitivity of the
rain sensor, obtaining a quicker change
“Smart washing” function fig. 52 RAIN SENSOR (where provided) from stationary (no wiping) when the
windscreen is dry, to first continuous
Pulling the stalk towards the steering The rain sensor A-fig. 53 is behind the speed (continuous slow).
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
wheel (unstable position) operates the driving mirror in contact with the wind-
windscreen washer. screen and has the purpose of automati- The increase of the sensitivity of the rain
cally adjust, during the intermittent oper- sensor is signalled by a control and acqui-
Keeping the stalk pulled, with just one ation, the frequency of the windscreen sition “stroke”.
movement it is possible to operate the wiper strokes as to the rain intensity.
EMERGENCY
washer jet and the wiper at the same time; Operating the windscreen washer with
IN AN
indeed, the latter comes into action au- The sensor has a range of adjustment that the rain sensor activated the normal wash-
tomatically if the stalk is pulled for more gradually varies between wiper stationary ing cycle is performed at the end of which
than half a second. (no wiping) when the windscreen is dry, the rain sensor resumes its normal auto-
to wiper at first continuous speed (con- matic function.
The wiper stops working a few strokes af- tinuous slow) with heavy rain.
CAR
ter releasing the stalk; a further “cleaning
stroke”, after a few seconds, completes
the wiping operation.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
61
AND CONTROLS
Deactivation The rain sensor is able to recognize and
DASHBOARD automatically adjust itself in the presence In the event of ice on the
Turn the ignition key to STOP. of the following particular conditions: windscreen, make sure to have
disconnected the device.
To the following starting operation (key ❒ impurities on the controlled surface
at MAR), the sensor will not be reacti- (salt, dirt, etc.);
vated even is the stalk is on B-
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 51. In this event, to activate the rain ❒ streaks of water caused by worn wiper
sensor, you have to move the stalk to A blades;
or C and then again to B. WARNING
❒ difference between day and night. Make sure to have discon-
CORRECT USE
When the rain sensor is again activated

OF THE CAR
nected the device when

in this way, at least one windscreen wiper cleaning the windscreen.
stroke occurs, even if the windscreen is
dry.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Do not activate the rain sen-

sor when washing the car in
an automatic washing station.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
62
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Never use the rear window
wiper to remove ice or snow
from the rear window. In these
conditions, the wiper is sub-
mitted to excessive effort that results
in motor protection cutting in and
DEVICES
SAFETY
wiper operation inhibition for few sec-
onds as a consequence. If operation is
not restored contact Fiat Dealership.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0047m F0C0270m
fig. 54 fig. 55
REAR WINDOW WASHER/ HEADLIGHT WASHER fig. 55

WIPER fig. 54 Fiat Stilo headlight washers are “re-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The device can only work when the igni- tractable”, i.e.: they are located inside the
tion key is at MAR. front bumpers and they are activated (with
dipped beam headlights and/or main beam
Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard headlights on) when the windscreen wash-
(unstable position), the rear window er is operated.
EMERGENCY
washer jet and the continuous rear win-
IN AN
dow wiper operation are activated. IMPORTANT Check at regular intervals
correct operation and cleanness of noz-
Operation ends when the stalk is released. zles.
Turning the knurled ring A from O to '
the rear window wiper with intermittent
CAR
operation is activated.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
63
CRUISE CONTROL
AND CONTROLS
TO MEMORISE SPEED
DASHBOARD
(constant speed Proceed as follows:
regulator) ❒ turn the knurled ring A-fig. 56 to ON
and press the accelerator pedal to the
(where provided) required speed;
DEVICES
SAFETY
It is a device able to support the driver, ❒ turn the knurled ring B to (+) for at
with electronic control, which allows dri- least three seconds, then release it. The
ving at speed over 30 km/h on long and car speed is memorised and it is there-
CORRECT USE
fore possible to release the accelerator

OF THE CAR
straight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at a fig. 56 F0C0127m
desired speed, without pressing the ac- pedal.

celerator pedal. Therefore it is not sug- DEVICE ENGAGEMENT In the case of need (when overtaking for
gested to use this device on extra-urban instance) acceleration is possible simply
roads with traffic. Do not use it in town. Turn knurled ring A-fig. 56 to ON. pressing the accelerator pedal: releasing
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The device may only be engaged in the 4th the accelerator pedal, the car will return
or 5th gear. Travelling downhill with the to the speed memorised previously.
device engaged, the car speed may in-
crease more than the memorised one.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
When the device is activated, the warning

light Ü on the instrument panel turns on
together with the message on the display
(see section “Warning lights and mes-
sages”).
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
64
AND CONTROLS
TO RESET THE MEMORISED TO INCREASE THE MEMORISED TO REDUCE MEMORISED SPEED
DASHBOARD
SPEED SPEED The speed memorised can be increased in
If the device has been disengaged for ex- The speed memorised can be increased in two ways:
ample pressing the brake or clutch pedal, two ways: ❒ disengaging the device and then mem-
the memorised speed can be reset as fol-
❒ pressing the accelerator and then memorising the new speed;
DEVICES
lows:
SAFETY
orising the new speed reached; or
❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a
speed approaching the one memorised; or ❒ keeping the knurled ring B-fig. 56 to
❒ engage the gear selected at the time of ❒ turning the knurled ring B-fig. 56 tem- (–) until reaching the new speed which
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
porarily to (+). will be memorised automatically.
speed memorising (4th or 5th gear);
Each turn of the knurled ring will corre- Each turn of the knurled ring will corre-
❒ press button C-fig. 56. spond to a slight reduction in speed (about
spond to a slight increase in speed (about
1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring 1 km/h), while keeping the knurled ring
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
turned will correspond to a continuous turned will correspond to a continuous
speed increase. speed reduction.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
65
AND CONTROLS
DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD Turn the knurled ring A-fig. 56 to OFF When travelling with the de- In the event of device mal-
or the ignition key to STOP. The device vice on, never set the function or failure, turn the
is automatically deactivated also in one of gearshift lever to neutral and do not knurled ring A-fig. 56 to OFF and
the following cases: move the Selespeed lever to N. contact a Fiat Dealership after check-
ing the protection fuse integrity.
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ pressing the brake or clutch pedal;

❒ ASR or ESP cut-in (where provided);
❒ gearshifting in versions with Selespeed
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
automatic transmission (where provid-

ed);
❒ involuntarily moving the Selespeed
lever (where provided) toN.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
66
CEILING LIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 57
Courtesy lights
DEVICES
SAFETY
Press button A to turn on/off the driver’s
courtesy light or button C to turn on/off
the passenger’s courtesy light.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0374m F0C0055m
With the key to STOP or removed, the fig. 57 fig. 58
ceiling light will stay on for about 15 min-
utes, then it is automatically switched off. Central light REAR CEILING LIGHT
It turns on automatically when opening a (where provided) fig. 58
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
door and it will turn off when closing the
door, about 10 seconds later. Versions without sunroof
If the door is left open, the light goes off Press button A to turn on/off the left rear
after about 3 minutes. light or button B to turn on/off the right
EMERGENCY
rear light.
IN AN
The bulb can also be turned on/off by
pressing button B. When the front ceiling light is on, also the
rear ceiling light will come on.
Light turning on/off is gradual.
After switching on by button B, if the key
CAR
is at STOP or removed, the ceiling light
stays on for about 15 minutes, then it is
automatically switched off.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
67
CONTROLS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
HAZARD LIGHTS fig. 60

They come on when switch A is pressed
regardless of the position of the ignition
DEVICES
SAFETY
key.
When the device is on, the switch flashes
and warning lights Î and ¥ on the cluster
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0297m F0C0081m
fig. 59 come on. fig. 60
Press the switch A again to turn the lights
Versions with sunroof fig. 59 off.
To turn on/off the bulbs, press the ceil-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing lights A, located on rear doors.

Ceiling lights turn on:
❒ when a door is unlocked, and stay on
EMERGENCY
for about 10 seconds if no door is WARNING

IN AN
opened; The use of hazard lights is

❒ when removing the key from the igni- governed by the Highway
F0C0137m
tion switch, they stay on for about 10 Code of the country you are in. Keep fig. 61
to the rules.
seconds and then go off automatically;

FRONT FOG LIGHTS
CAR
❒ when fuel cut-off switch is activated, (where provided)

they stay on for about 15 minutes, and
then go off automatically. To turn front fog lights on, press button
A-fig. 61 to activate these lights it is nec-
TECHNICAL
Door locking causes immediate light essary to have the side/taillights switched
switching off. on.
Press the button again to turn the lights
off.
INDEX
68
AND CONTROLS
PARKING LIGHTS Carefully inspect the car to find fuel leaks,
DASHBOARD
e.g. in the engine compartment, under the
These lights can only be turned on with ig- car or near the tank.
nition key at STOP or removed, by
pressing button B-fig. 61 for about 1 sec- If no fuel leaks are found and the car can
ond. be started again, press button A to reset
the fuel system and the lights.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Press the button again to turn the light off.
After a crash, remember to turn the igni-
REAR FOG LIGHTS tion key to STOP to prevent battery run-
down.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To turn rear fog lights on, press button C- fig. 62 F0C0062m
fig. 61, to activate these lights it is nec-

essary to have the dipped beams or front FUEL CUT-OFF SWITCH fig. 62
fog lights switched on.
It is located next to the passenger’s door
LIGHTS AND
Press the button again to turn the lights
MESSAGES
WARNING
post, at the bottom, and comes into op-
off. eration in the case of a crash: WARNING
❒ cutting off fuel and switching off the en- If, after a crash, you smell fu-
gine; el or see leaks from the fuel
EMERGENCY
system, do not reset the switch to
❒ automatically unlocking the doors;
IN AN
avoid fine risk.
❒ switching on interior lights (for about
15 minutes).
When the device comes into operation,
CAR
the instrument panel warning light è
comes on together with the message on
the display (see section “Warning lights
and messages”).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
69
INTERIOR FITTINGS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FRONT ARMREST
(where provided)
The armrest can be adjusted up and down.
DEVICES
SAFETY
To adjust, lift the armrest slightly and pull

the release device B-fig. 63.
CORRECT USE
An oddment compartment can be found

OF THE CAR
F0C0070m F0C0339m
fig. 63 fig. 65
in the front armrest. Press button A to lift
the cover.
The armrest houses two compartments
IMPORTANT Raise the armrest com- B-fig. 65 for glass and/or can holder. To
pletely to prevent interfering with the use them pull the tab C in the arrow di-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
handbrake lever when operating it. When rection.

the armrest is fully raised, take care not
to press button A accidentally to avoid Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover,
opening the oddment compartment cov- there is an oddment compartment.
EMERGENCY
er and the falling of the objects contained

IN AN
as a consequence.
F0C0073m
fig. 64
REAR ARMREST
CAR
(where provided)
To use the rear armrest A-fig. 64, low-
er it as shown in the figure.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
70
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0058m F0C0056m F0C0032m
fig. 66 fig. 68 fig. 69
To open the vent operate lever B in the Oddment compartments

arrow direction. under the seats
LIGHTS AND
(where provided) fig. 69
MESSAGES
WARNING
If the two-zone climate control system is
fitted, the temperature of this compart- On certain versions, under the driver seat
ment will be the same as that on passen- is fitted an oddment compartment; do not
ger side. use it to put inside objects heavier than
EMERGENCY
1,5 kg.
IN AN
Lower oddment compartment on
passenger’s side
F0C0376m
fig. 67
Open the oddment compartment moving
the handle C-fig. 68, as shown by the ar- WARNING
ODDMENT COMPARTMENTS row.
CAR
Never travel with the odd-
When the oddment compartment is ment compartments open to
Upper oddment compartment on prevent risk of injuries in the event of
opened, an interior courtesy light comes
passenger’s side on. Such light stays on for about 15 min- a crash.
TECHNICAL
Open the oddment compartment A- utes after having turned the key to STOP.
fig. 66 as shown by the arrow. If during this time a door or the boot are
The oddment compartment can be heat- opened, the light will come on again for
ed/cooled by an air vent B-fig. 67 con- about 15 minutes.
INDEX
nected to the climate control system.
71
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0102m F0C0475m F0C0076m

fig. 70 fig. 71 fig. 72
CURRENT OUTLET (12V) IMPORTANT The cigar lighter gets very TILTING SHELF (where provided)
hot. Handle it with care and make sure
The current outlet is located on the cen- that it is not used by children: danger of Behind the passenger seatback, it is avail-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tral console and it only works with igni- fire and/or burns. able (on certain versions) a tilting shelf A-
tion key at MAR. If the smokers’ kit is re- fig. 72.
quested, the current outlet will be re-
placed by the cigar lighter (see next para- ASHTRAY (where provided) To position it horizontally, pull it towards
graph). the direction shown by the arrows; re-
EMERGENCY
It consists of a spring-release removable verse this operation to reposition it.

IN AN
plastic container fig. 71, that can be lo-

CIGAR LIGHTER cated in the glass/can holder recesses on IMPORTANT Do not position on the tilt-
(where provided) the central console. ing shelf objects heavier than 3 kg: for safe-
ty purposes the shelf is released from its
It is located on the central console, at the IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as housing when submitted to excessive
side of the handbrake lever. waste paper basket: it might set on fire in
CAR
loads.
contact with cigarette stubs.
Press button A-fig. 70 to switch on the
cigar lighter with ignition key at MAR.
TECHNICAL
After few seconds the button will return

to its initial position and is ready for use.
IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-
ar lighter has turned off.
INDEX
72
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0311m F0C0094m F0C0071m
fig. 73 fig. 74 fig. 75
Resetting the shelf (after releasing) WARNING

Proceed as follows: Never travel with the shelf
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ fit the shelf B-fig. 73 so that the sup- tilted. The shelf or the ob-
port fixed pin A is fitted inside the shelf jects on it can cause injuries in the
left rail; event of a crash.
❒ turn the shelf B until the lower edge
EMERGENCY
IN AN
is touching the support A mobile pin C;
❒ press slightly in arrow direction to set GLASS HOLDER F0C0124m
the shelf B in the position of use. Pin C fig. 76
is inside the shelf right rail. The central console houses two recess-
es A-fig. 74 for glasses, cups or cans. ODDMENT COMPARTMENT
CAR
fig. 75
It is located in the central console, under
the front armrest.
TECHNICAL
SUN VISORS fig. 76
They are located at the sides of the dri-
ving mirror. They can be adjusted for-
INDEX
wards and sidewards.
73
“SKYWINDOW”
AND CONTROLS
On certain versions, th passenger’s sun vi-
DASHBOARD sor is fitted, on the back, with a courtesy
mirror with a light which enables to use (BLADE SUNROOF)
the mirror also with poor sunlight. (where provided)
Lift the lid A to use the mirror.
This is a roof opening system consisting of
DEVICES
SAFETY
When the ignition key is at STOP, the 5 glass blades. The sunroof is equipped
light stays on for about 15 minutes: if in with a sun curtain electronically con-
this period a door or the tailgate is trolled, which has the function to prevent
opened, the light will stay on for another sun radiation.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0222m
15 minutes. fig. 77
The passenger’s sun visor also carries the SUNROOF OPENING
symbols and the message concerning the With ignition key at MAR turn knob A- WARNING
correct use of the child restraint system fig. 77 clockwise and select one of the 6 When leaving the car, the ig-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
with passenger’s air bag (for further in- opening positions. nition key should be re-
formation see paragraph “Front passen- moved to prevent the sunroof from
ger’s Air bag” in section “Safety”). being operated inadvertently and
harming anyone remaining in the car.
Improper use of the sunroof can be
EMERGENCY
IN AN
dangerous. Before and during its op-

Do not open the sunroof if eration ensure that any passengers
there is snow or ice on it: it are not at risk from the moving roof
could be damaged. either by personal objects getting
caught in the mechanism or by being

CAR
injured by it directly.
To guarantee proper sunroof

TECHNICAL
operation, routinely check

that water drain ducts at sun-
roof corners are clean; clean
also gaskets and sliding guides (with a
cloth soaked with water).
INDEX
74
AND CONTROLS
With closed blades and sun curtain
DASHBOARD
open
❒ First knob click: rotary movement of
the first blade until reaching position A,
and the sun curtain.
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Second knob click: complete opening of
the first blade and the other blades
moving backwards.
❒ Third knob click: glass blades (2nd, 3rd
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C02236m F0C00233m
fig. 78 fig. 79
and 4th) moving backwards.
GLASS BLADES OPENING ❒ Third knob click: glass blades (2nd, 3rd ❒ Fourth knob click: glass blades (2nd and
(knob turning clockwise) and 4th) moving backwards and move- 3rd) moving backwards.
ment of the sun curtain.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
With fully closed roof (curtain and blades), ❒ Fifth knob click: second blade moving
control knob A-fig. 77 at “0”, glass blade ❒ Fourth knob click: glass blades (2nd and backwards.
opening affects the curtain opening as fol- 3rd) moving backwards and movement
lows: of the sun curtain. So the Skywindow is completely open.
EMERGENCY
❒ First knob click: rotary movement of ❒ Fifth knob click: second blade moving To open the sunroof completely with one
IN AN
the first blade until reaching position A- backwards and movement of the sun single operation, turn the knob to the last
fig. 78; the curtain slides lined up to the curtain. click (fifth).
second blade. So the Skywindow is completely open.
❒ Second knob click: complete opening of
CAR
the first blade and movement of the
other ones towards the rear part fig.
79 together with movement of the sun
curtain.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
75
AND CONTROLS
To close the curtain press button B-
DASHBOARD fig. 81.
Curtain closing depends on glass blades
opening position: the sunshade curtain
cannot be closed completely if blades are
open.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Curtain closing can be stopped as follows:

❒ pressing again button B;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0532m F0C0222m
fig. 80 fig. 81 ❒ when reaching the required opening
position, that can be as follows:
SUNROOF CLOSING SUN CURTAIN
– with glass blades fully closed (equal to
OPENING/CLOSING roof opening from passenger com-
LIGHTS AND
Glass blades closing (knob turning

MESSAGES
WARNING
To open the curtain press button C- partment);

counterclockwise) fig. 80 fig. 81. – with glass blades open partially: lined
With blades and curtain open (knob A- Curtain opening can be stopped as fol- up to the second blade;
fig. 81 on fifth click), blades closing is not lows: – with glass blades fully open: the cur-
EMERGENCY
affecting the curtain.

❒ pressing again the button C;
IN AN
tain cannot be closed.

❒ First knob click: second blade moving
forwards. ❒ when reaching the required opening IMPORTANT Turning the ignition key to
position, that can be as follows: STOP after having operated one of but-
❒ Second knob click: second blade mov-
tons B-fig. 81 or C, the selected opera-

ing forwards. – with glass blades fully closed (equal to tion will be completed.
CAR
roof opening from passenger com-

❒ Third knob click: second blade moving partment)
forwards.
– with glass blades open partially: lined
❒ Fourth knob click: second blade mov-
TECHNICAL
up to the second blade

ing forwards and first blade rotation un-
til reaching the spoiler position. – with glass blades fully open: lined up
to the second blade and covering the
❒ Fifth knob click: blades closing com- four open blades.
pletely.
INDEX
To close the sunroof completely with one

single operation, turn the knob to “0”.
76
AND CONTROLS
SUNROOF OPENING/CLOSING ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETY INITIALISATION PROCEDURE
DASHBOARD
SYSTEM Sunroof shall be re-initialised after dis-
With key without remote control The anti-crushing safety system fitted on connecting the battery or if the relevant
(where provided) the front curtain outline is active along the protection fuse is blown:
Opening: turn the key clockwise in the whole closing range of the curtain and cuts ❒ turn knob A-fig. 81 to “0” (fully
DEVICES
into operation when an obstacle (e.g.: fin-
SAFETY
door revolving plug. closed);
ger, hand, etc...) is met. This safety device
Closing: turn the key counterclockwise in guarantees the reversal for a short sec- ❒ keep the knob pressed for over 5 sec-
the door revolving plug. tion. onds: the sunroof will close jerkily;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
With key with remote control In addition, the anti-crushing safety system ❒ keep the knob pressed and wait for
is active on the rear border of the first complete closing of the sunroof, until
Opening: prolonged pressing (for more blade and on the front outline of the sec- the sun curtain clicks twice.
than 2 seconds) on button Ë. ond blade: in this case it is active on the
whole closing range of the curtain and cuts Sunroof is now initialised and it shall work
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Closing: prolonged pressing (for more into operation when an obstacle (e.g.: fin- regularly. Otherwise, contact Fiat Deal-
than 2 seconds) on button Á. ger, hand, etc...) is met. This safety device ership.
When buttons Á / Ë , are released, the guarantees the reversal for a short sec- IMPORTANT Carry out the initialisation
above functions are cut-off. tion. procedure with the engine running. If stop-
EMERGENCY
As concerns the first blade it is active on ping the initialisation procedure before
IN AN
When opening, blades and curtain open at ending it, repeat it from the beginning.
the same time. the whole rotation range and guarantees
the reversal of the whole stroke.
When closing, the curtain closes first and
After anti-crushing system activation, re-
then are closed the blades.
setting can be carried out with the fol-
CAR
lowing 2 procedures:
❒ pushing knob A-fig. 83 upwards (reset
previously stopped movement);
TECHNICAL
❒ turning knob A to another position.
INDEX
77
AND CONTROLS
ANTI-CRUSHING SYSTEM
DASHBOARD INHIBITION
Ice or other foreign matters in the sun-
roof rails could cause anti-crushing re-
peated operation. Therefore make sure
DEVICES
there is no obstacle.
SAFETY
In this case it is possible to inhibit the an-

ti-crushing system by closing the roof
(within 5 seconds from system activation),
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0253m F0C0400m
turning knob A-fig. 81 to 0 and keeping fig. 82 fig. 83
it pressed upwards until closing.
EMERGENCY OPERATION
IMPORTANT During this operation do
not release knob A; if releasing the knob If the electrical control device does not
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and then pressing it again, it will be nec- work, the sunroof can be operated man-
essary to carry out the initialisation pro- ually as follows:
cedure described in the previous para-
graph. ❒ remove the front ceiling light A-
fig. 82 pressing on the sides of the plas-
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT During this operation the tic shape as shown by the arrow;
IN AN
anti-crushing system is cut-out.

❒ insert the proper emergency key B-
fig. 83 (located inside the ceiling light) fig. 84 F0C0399m
into the seat C-fig. 84;

❒ turn the key to open or close (accord- Then, carry out the initialisation proce-
CAR
ing to the rotation direction) the glass dure described on previous page.
blades.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
78
DOORS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
CENTRAL DOOR LOCKING
SYSTEM
DEVICES
SAFETY
From the outside
With the doors closed, fit and turn the key
in one of the front door locks.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0142m F0C0061m
fig. 85 fig. 86
From the inside
From inside the car (with doors closed) CHILD LOCK (5-door versions) The device is engaged even if the doors
press the door lock/unlock button A- are unlocked by the centralised system.
To prevent opening the rear doors from
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 85 located on the driver’s door con- the inside. IMPORTANT Always use this device
trol panel. when transporting children.
This device fig. 86 can be engaged only
When operating the knob of a door, you with doors open: IMPORTANT After engaging the lock,
lock only the interested door. Should check by trying to open a rear door with
❒ position 1 - engaged (door locked);
EMERGENCY
power be lacking it is possible to the internal handle.
IN AN
open/close the doors manually. ❒ position 2 - disengaged (door can be
IMPORTANT The rear doors cannot be opened from the passenger’s compart-
opened from inside when the child lock ment).
is engaged.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
79
POWER WINDOWS
AND CONTROLS
CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Power windows are fitted with anti-crush- Driver side fig. 87
ing safety device to detect the presence of
an obstacle in the window closing stroke. On the driver’s door panel are set the but-
If an obstacle is detected, the safety sys- tons for controlling, with ignition key at
DEVICES
SAFETY
tem will stop window closing and will re- MAR:

verse window stroke. A: front left window opening/closing;
IMPORTANT In the event that the anti- window opening or closing in “auto-
matic continuous” mode;
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
crushing function is activated 5 times in fig. 87 F0C0063m
only 1 minute, the system will automati- B: front right window opening/closing;
cally enter the “recovery” mode (self-pro- If no malfunction is present, the window window opening or closing in “auto-
tection). This conditions is pointed out by returns to its normal operation automat- matic continuous” mode;
the fact that, in the closing phase, the win- ically. In the event of failure make refer-
LIGHTS AND
C: rear power window enabling/disabling

MESSAGES
WARNING
dow goes up in jerks. ence to section “Warning lights and mes- controls;
So, it is necessary to carry out the sys- sages”.
tem restore procedure, acting as follows: D: rear left window opening/closing; “au-
IMPORTANT With the ignition key to tomatic continuous” operation just
❒ open the windows; STOP or removed, the power windows
EMERGENCY
during window opening;

remain activated for about 2 minutes and
IN AN
or are deactivated immediately the moment E: rear right window opening/closing;

❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then a door is opened. “automatic continuous” operation just
to MAR. during window opening.
CAR
WARNING
The system conforms to the
forthcoming standard
2000/4/EC concerning the safety of
TECHNICAL
passengers leaning out of the pas-

senger compartment. At the same
time, the upper outer gasket is not
equipped with anti-crush protection
in order to guarantee protection
INDEX
against unwanted access from outside

the car.
80
BOOT
AND CONTROLS
Press buttons A or B to open/close the
DASHBOARD
required window.
Pressing briefly one of the two buttons, The boot tailgate (when unlocked) can be
the window “jerks” , whereas a prolonged opened only from the outside through the
pressing makes the window opening or electric opening handle under the shack-
closing in “automatic continuous” mode. le (saloon versions) fig. 88 or behind the
DEVICES
SAFETY
shackle (Multi Wagon versions) fig. 89.
When pressing again button A or B the
window stops in the required position. If doors are unlocked the boot can be
opened at any time.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
To open the tailgate use the key (with or
without remote control).
If the boot is not shut properly the warn-
ing light ´ comes on together with the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING message on the display (see section
Improper use of the power “Warning lights and messages”).
windows can be dangerous. IMPORTANT With running car, never op-
Before and during its operation en- erate the tailgate shackle.
EMERGENCY
sure that any passengers are not at
IN AN
risk from the moving glass either by
personal objects getting caught in the
F0C0402m
mechanism or by being injured by it fig. 88
directly. Always remove the ignition
key when getting out of the car to
CAR
prevent the power windows being op-
erated accidentally and constituting
a danger to the passengers in the car.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
F0C0365m
fig. 89
81
AND CONTROLS
With key with remote control
DASHBOARD Press button R, even when the elec-
tronic alarm (where provided) is activat-
ed.
The tailgate opening is indicated by dou-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ble flashing of direction indicators; closing

is indicated by one flashing (only if alarm
is on).
CORRECT USE
When opening the tailgate with the alarm

OF THE CAR
F0C0385m F0C0467m
fig. 90 fig. 91
on, it disconnects:
OPENING FROM THE OUTSIDE ❒ the volumetric protection; TAILGATE EMERGENCY
❒ the anti-raising protection; OPENING FROM PASSENGER
LIGHTS AND
With key without remote control COMPARTMENT

MESSAGES
WARNING
(where provided) fig. 90 ❒ the tailgate control sensor. (Multi Wagon versions only)
Unlock the lock (where provided) with Such control functions are reset when In an emergency, the tailgate can be also
the metal insert in the ignition key. closing the tailgate. opened from the passenger compartment;
EMERGENCY
proceed as follows:
Tailgate opening is facilitated by side gas
IN AN
shock springs. ❒ take the screwdriver from the tool bag

and fit it into the hole on the rear boot
Opening the boot tailgate, the interior crossmember (see fig. 91);
boot ceiling light will come on: the bulb
will automatically switch off closing the ❒ using the screwdriver, operate device
CAR
boot tailgate. A-fig. 91 to open the tailgate.

Such light will stay on for about 15 min-
utes after turning the key to STOP: if dur-
TECHNICAL
ing this time a door or the boot are

opened, the light will come on again for
about 15 minutes.
INDEX
82
AND CONTROLS
TAILGATE CLOSING WARNING
DASHBOARD
To close, lower the tailgate until the lock Never travel with objects on
clicks. the rear shelf to prevent
them being thrown forwards and in-
juring passengers in case of accident
or sharp braking.
DEVICES
SAFETY
The addition of objects
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0366m
fig. 92 (speakers, spoilers, etc.) on the EXTENDING THE BOOT
rear shelf or boot lid, except
those envisaged by the man- The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or
ufacturer, may prevent the gas filled totally extended splitting the rear seat.
struts at the sides of the boot from
LIGHTS AND
In Multi Wagon versions, remove the bag-
MESSAGES
WARNING
working properly. gage cover following the instructions in
paragraph “Baggage cover” to use the
boot maximum loading volume.
EMERGENCY
WARNING
IN AN
When using the boot, make
fig. 93 F0C0414m sure the loads you are carry-
ing do not exceed the permitted
HEATED REAR WINDOW FLAP weight (see section “Technical spec-
CAR
OPENING (where provided) ifications”). Also make sure the items
in the boot are arranged properly to
(Multi Wagon versions) prevent them being thrown forwards
Press button A-fig. 92: it is possible to and injuring passengers should you
TECHNICAL
open the heated rear window flap to gain brake sharply.
access to the passenger compartment
fig. 93.
INDEX
83
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0356m F0C0371m F0C0378m

fig. 94 fig. 96 fig. 97
Versions with fixed rear seat ❒ lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 97
and tilt the seat back forward. Lever lift-
Proceed as follows: ing is shown by a “red band” B.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ lower completely the rear seat head re-

straints;
❒ move the seat belt sideways and check
that the belt is not twisted;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ pull the handle in the middle of the

F0C0357m
cushion fig. 96, and tilt the required
fig. 95 cushion;
Partial extension
CAR
(1/3 or 2/3) fig. 94-95

The boot extension to the right makes it
possible to carry two passengers on the
TECHNICAL
rear seat left-hand side.

The boot extension to the left makes it
possible to carry one passenger on the
rear seat right-hand side.
INDEX
84
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0433m F0C0473m
fig. 99 fig. 100
❒ operate the lever B-fig. 98 and adjust ❒ for versions with rear fixed seat, before
the seat in the required position (e.g. folding the seat back, fit the seat belt
completely forward if you want to ob- tabs B-fig. 100 into the proper buck-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tain maximum boot extension); le C;
❒ lift lever A and fold the seat back. ❒ lower completely the rear seat head re-
straints;
EMERGENCY
To extend the boot totally
IN AN
The boot total extension makes it possi-
F0C0338m
ble to use its maximum loading volume.
fig. 98
Proceed as follows:
Versions with rear sliding seat ❒ for versions with rear sliding seat, fit
CAR
(where provided) seat belt buckles into the proper seats
Proceed as follows: A-fig. 99;
❒ lower completely the rear seat head re-
TECHNICAL
straints;
❒ move the seat belt sideways and check
that the belt is not twisted;
INDEX
85
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0086m F0C0377m F0C0173m

fig. 101 fig. 102 fig. 103
❒ move the seat belt sideways and check ❒ after tilting the cushion, fold complete-
that the belt is not twisted; ly rear seat backs (as described previ-
ously) to have one single surface.
LIGHTS AND
❒ remove the rear parcel shelf and re-

MESSAGES
WARNING
lease the upper ends D-fig. 101 of the ❒ release shelf pins B-fig. 102 from their
two tie rods by removing eyelets from housings C and remove it.
the pins and pushing them in arrow di-
rection
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0390m
fig. 104
For versions with rear fixed seat: remove

CAR
the second shelf A-fig. 103 releasing pins

from their housings B, lifting first the front
part C-fig. 104 and then the rear part D
TECHNICAL
from both sides. To refit it, reverse the

above procedure.
INDEX
86
AND CONTROLS
Use lever B to adjust the space inside the
DASHBOARD
boot.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0407m
fig. 105
For versions with rear sliding seat (where

provided): remove the boot cover support
A-fig. 105 pushing it from the bottom up-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
wards, first one side and then the other
one, until releasing it.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0338m
fig. 106
Lift seat back retaining lever A-fig. 106
CAR
set under the seat cushion (both on the
right and on the left), and tilt them for-
ward to obtain a single surface. Use lever
A to adjust the seat back position.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
87
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0351m F0C0353m F0C0354m

fig. 107 fig. 109 fig. 110
It is possible to cover only half of the boot Removing the boot cover
setting the cover as illustrated in figure
109. Roll the cover up to remove it and pull the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
two hooks A-fig. 110 towards the lug-

gage compartment inside part (as shown
by the arrows).
Then lift and remove the cover.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0352m
fig. 108
CAR
BOOT COVER
(Multi Wagon versions)
The boot cover A-fig. 107 can be rolled
up and removed.
TECHNICAL
To roll it up remove the two rear pins B-

fig. 108 from their housings.
IMPORTANT Guide the cover while
INDEX
rolling it up by holding its handle C-

fig. 107.
88
AND CONTROLS
Reposition the cushions in horizontal po-
DASHBOARD
sition keeping the centre seat belt tongue
raised.
DEVICES
SAFETY
WARNING
Make sure the seat back is
correctly hooked on both
sides (“red bands” B-fig. 112 not vis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0352m F0C0378m
fig. 111 fig. 112
ible) to prevent seat back being
thrown forwards and injuring pas-
To refit the cover, insert the reel ends in TO RETURN THE REAR SEAT sengers should you brake sharply.
their housings and make sure the fasten- BACK TO ITS ORIGINAL
ing hooks are well fastened. Now extend
LIGHTS AND
POSITION
MESSAGES
WARNING
the cover by pulling its handles, as previ-
ously described, and hook the two rear Move the seat belt sideways and check
pins B-fig. 111. that the belt is not twisted.
IMPORTANT Do not put heavy objects on
EMERGENCY
Versions with rear fixed seat
the cover which may seriously damage it.
IN AN
Lift the seat backs and push them back-
ward until both coupling mechanisms click
in place, check that the “red band” B-
WARNING fig. 112 at the side of levers A is no
CAR
The objects put on the cov- longer visible.
er may be thrown forwards The “red band” B indicates missing seat
and injure passengers should you back coupling.
brake sharply or in the event of an ac-
TECHNICAL
cident.
INDEX
89
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
A heavy load that has not
been secured may cause se-
rious harm.
DEVICES
SAFETY
WARNING
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0034m
fig. 114
If you want to carry reserve
fuel in a can, follow law reg-
ANCHORING THE LOAD ulations, only using a certified can,
The boot houses 4 hooks (where provid- suitably fastened to the load securing
LIGHTS AND
eyelets. Even in this way the risk of

MESSAGES
WARNING
ed) fig. 114 to which ropes can be at-

tached which ensure that the load is prop- fire is increased in the case of an ac-
erly secured. cident.
IMPORTANT Never anchor to single
EMERGENCY
hooks a load exceeding 100 kg.

IN AN
F0C0336m
fig. 113
Versions with rear sliding seat

CAR
(where provided)
Lift lever A-fig. 113 (right and left) and
reposition the seat back in straight posi-
TECHNICAL
tion.
Take out buckles from their housing to
have them ready for use.
INDEX
90
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0241m F0C0073m F0C0379m
fig. 115 fig. 116 fig. 117
CARGO BOX (where provided) SKI TUNNEL (where provided) IMPORTANT Always check that loads are
fig. 115 anchored properly to prevent them being
This can be used to carry long objects (e.g. thrown against the passengers in case of
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
It consists of a special preformed box to skis), fitting them into the tunnel from the accident or sharp braking.
be used for housing objects located in the boot.
boot of cars fitted with rear sliding seat To access it:
that enables to obtain uniform loading sur-
face. ❒ lower the rear armrest A-fig. 116;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ press handle B-fig. 117 and lower the
flap. To close the flap pull tongue C.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
91
BONNET
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ pull lever A-fig. 118 in the direction of

the arrow;
❒ pull lever B-fig. 119 and lift the bon-
CORRECT USE
net.
OF THE CAR
F0C0029m F0C0383m
fig. 118 fig. 119
IMPORTANT Bonnet raising is aided by
two side gas springs. Do not tamper with TO CLOSE THE BONNET WARNING
these springs and guide the bonnet while
raising it. Lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cm from For safety reasons the bon-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the engine compartment and then let it net must be closed properly
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, drop, ensuring that it is fully closed and to avoid its opening while the car is
check that windscreen wiper arms are not not just held in position by the safety travelling. Therefore, always check it
lifted from the windscreen. catch. If the bonnet does not close prop- is properly closed and the catch en-
erly do not push it down but open it again gaged. Should you notice that the
EMERGENCY
and repeat the above procedure. If the

IN AN
catch is not perfectly engaged when

bonnet is not shut properly, the warning travelling, stop the car immediately
light ´ comes on together with the mes- and close the bonnet.
sage on the display (see section “Warning
lights and messages”).

CAR
IMPORTANT Always check that the bon-

net is closed properly to avoid its opening
while the car is travelling.
WARNING
TECHNICAL
This should only be done

when the car is stationary.
INDEX
92
ROOF RACK/
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SKI RACK
The roof rack bars shall be secured to the
roof in points shown A. Lift tabs B-
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 120 using the screwdriver provided
in the kit to access the seats C for secur-
ing the roof rack/ski rack.
A roof rack/ski rack specially designed for
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0169m F0C0349m
the car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat. fig. 120 fig. 121
After few kilometers, check that fastening Multi Wagon versions IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.
screws are firmly tightened. permissible loads (see section “Technical
The car is fitted with two longitudinal bars specifications”).
LIGHTS AND
IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.
MESSAGES
WARNING
which can be used, by adding specific ac-
permissible loads (see section “Technical cessories, to carry various objects (e.g.
specifications”). skis, windsurf, etc…).
IMPORTANT Putting cross bars on lon-
EMERGENCY
gitudinal bars fig. 121 inhibits use of the WARNING
IN AN
sunroof (Skywindow) (where provided),
since its opening interferes with the bars. Open the tailgate with care
when carrying objects on the
roof rack bars to prevent impacts.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
93
HEADLIGHTS Press button A at arrow N this will in-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD crease by one position, press the arrow
O on the button, this will lower by one
ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHT position.
BEAM
The display B-fig. 122 located on the in-
Proper adjustment of the headlight beams strument panel, provides the visual indi-
DEVICES
SAFETY
is of vital importance for your safety and cation of the positions during the adjust-
comfort and also for the other road users. ment operation.
To ensure you and other drivers have the
CORRECT USE
best visibility conditions when travelling

OF THE CAR
fig. 122 F0C0533m Correct positions as a function

with the headlights on, the headlights must of the load
be set properly. Contact Fiat Dealership
to have the headlights properly adjusted. HEADLIGHT AIMING DEVICE Position 0 - one or two passengers on
This device can be operated with the ig- front seats.
IMPORTANT When turning on gas dis-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
charge headlight lamps (where provided), nition key at MAR and dipped beams on. Position 1 - five passengers.
it is normal that there should be a vertical When the car is loaded, it slopes back-
wards. This means that the headlight beam Position 2 - five passengers + load in the
movement of lenses, and consequently the boot.
same will also happen to the light beam, rises. In this case, it is necessary to return
it to the correct position.
EMERGENCY
for the time required to achieve the cor- Position 3 - driver + maximum admitted
IN AN
rect headlight trim stabilisation, equal to load in the boot.

approx. 2 seconds. To adjust the headlight slant
IMPORTANT Check beam aiming every
Press button A-fig. 122 located on the time the load carried changes.
mask aside the steering wheel column; if

the car is fitted with gas discharge head-
CAR
lights (xenon), slant adjustment is elec-

tronic and therefore button A is not pre-
sent.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
94
ABS SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
FRONT FOG LIGHT ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION
DASHBOARD
ADJUSTMENT When the ABS cuts in, you will feel the
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head- The car is fitted with ABS braking system, brake pedal pulsating slightly and the sys-
lights properly adjusted. which prevents the wheels from locking tem get noisier: it means that the speed
when braking, makes the most of road grip should be altered to fit the type of road
and gives the best control when emer- surface.
DEVICES
SAFETY
HEADLIGHT BEAM gency braking under difficult road condi-
ADJUSTMENT ABROAD tions. If the ABS system cuts in, it is a sign that
The dipped beam headlights are adjusted the grip between tyre and the road sur-
System is completed by EBD (Electronic face has reached the limit: you must slow
CORRECT USE
for circulation in the country in which the
OF THE CAR
Braking Force Distribution), which dis- down to match the speed to the road grip
car is marketed. In countries with oppo- tributes the braking action between front
site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom- available.
and rear wheels.
ing vehicles, it is necessary to cover the
areas of the headlight using a special stick- IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef-
LIGHTS AND
er tape provided for the purpose and avail- ficiency of the braking system, it is neces-
MESSAGES
WARNING
able at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact Fiat sary a setting period of about 500 km: dur-
ing this period, it is better to avoid sharp, WARNING
Dealership.
repeated and prolonged brakes. If the ABS system cuts in it
is a sign that the grip be-
EMERGENCY
tween the tyre and the road surface
IN AN
has reached the limit you must slow
down to match the speed to the road
grip available.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
95
AND CONTROLS
WARNING FAILURE INDICATIONS EBD failure
DASHBOARD If the warning lights > and x (together
The ABS exploits the tyre-
road grip at the best, but it ABS failure with the message on the display) come on
cannot improve it; you should there- ABS failure is indicated by the turning on this indicates a fault in the EBD system
fore take every care when driving on of warning light > on the instrument pan- (see section “Warning lights and mes-
slippery surfaces without taking un- sages”).
DEVICES
SAFETY
el together with the dedicated message on

necessary risks. the display (see section “Warning lights In this case with sharp braking the rear
and messages”). In this case the braking wheels might lock too early, with the pos-
system is still efficient, though without the sibility of skidding. Drive extremely care-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
aid of the ABS system. Drive carefully to fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have
the closest Fiat Dealership to have the sys- the system checked.
tem checked.
WARNING
BRAKE ASSIST
When the ABS cuts in, and
LIGHTS AND
(emergency braking assistance)

MESSAGES
WARNING
you feel the brake pedal pul-

sating, do not remove your foot, but (where provided)
keep it pressed; in doing so you will WARNING
The system, which cannot be cut out, rec-
stop in the shortest amount of space If warning light x comes on ognizes emergency braking (on the ground
possible under the current road con- (together with the message
EMERGENCY
of the brake pedal operation speed) and

on the display), stop the car imme-
IN AN
ditions. considerably increases the pressure in the

diately and contact the nearest Fiat braking circuit.
Dealership. Fluid leaks from the hy-
draulic system, in fact, can compro- Brake Assist is deactivated on the versions
mise the braking system, both tradi- equipped with ESP, in the event of ESP sys-
tem failure (indicated by warning light á
CAR
tional systems and systems with ABS.

switching on together with the message
on the display).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
96
ESP SYSTEM (Electronic
AND CONTROLS
WARNING FAILURE INDICATIONS
DASHBOARD
Stability Program) Performance of the ESP sys- In the event of failure, the ESP system is
tem, in terms of active safe- automatically disconnected and the warn-
(where provided) ty should not induce the driver to take ing light á will turn on glowing steadily on
pointless and unnecessary risks. The the instrument panel, together with the
The ESP system is an electronic system style of driving must in any case al- message on the display (see section
DEVICES
SAFETY
controlling the car stability in the event of ways be adapted to the conditions of “Warning lights and messages”). In this
tyre grip loss. the road surface, visibility an traffic. case, go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as
The ESP system is therefore particularly Road safety is always the driver’s re- possible.
CORRECT USE
sponsibility.
OF THE CAR
useful when grip conditions of the road
surfaces changes.
ABS SYSTEM INTERVENTION WARNING

ESP SYSTEM INITIALISATION During the use of the space-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
It is signalled by the blinking of the warn- (after disconnecting the battery) saver spare wheel, the ESP
ing light á on the instrument panel, to in- system carries on working. However,
form the driver that the car is in critical After reconnecting the battery, to restore you must remind that the space-saver
stability and grip conditions. regular operation of the ESP system, pro- spare wheel has dimensions smaller
ceed as follows:
EMERGENCY
than the standard tyre and therefore
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
IN AN
ESP SYSTEM OPERATION its grip is reduced as to the other car
tyres.
The ESP system is automatically activat- ❒ turn the steering wheel 1/4 turn both
ed when the car is started and cannot be clockwise and counterclockwise (to
de-activated. pass through position “straight
wheels”);
CAR
❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then
back to MAR.
WARNING
TECHNICAL
A few seconds later the warning light will
turn off; if it stays on contact Fiat Dealer- For correct operation of the
ship. ESP system, the tyres must
absolutely be of the same brand and
These operations can also be performed type on all wheels, in perfect condi-
with the engine on. tions and, above all, of type, brand
INDEX
and size specified.
97
AND CONTROLS
ASR SYSTEM Switching on/off of the ASR system
DASHBOARD (Antislip Regulation) The ASR system switches on automatically
It is an integral part of the ESP system, it each time the engine is started.
controls car drive and cuts in automati- Switching on/off is indicated by the rele-
cally every time one or both driving vant message on the display (see section
DEVICES
wheels slip.
SAFETY
“Warning lights and messages”).

According to slipping conditions, two dif-
ferent control systems are activated:
❒ if the slipping involves both the driving
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0066m
fig. 123
wheels, the ASR function intervenes re-
ducing the power transmitted by the When travelling ASR can be switched off
engine; WARNING
and on again pressing switch A-fig. 123
❒ if the slipping involves only one driving The performance of the sys- on the central console.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
wheel, the ASR system cuts in auto- tem, in terms of active safe-
ty should not induce the driver to take When the ASR is switched off this is
matically braking the wheel that is slip- shown by the lighting up of the led on the
ping. pointless and unnecessary risks. The
style of driving must in any case al- switch and by the relevant message on the
The action of the ASR is particularly help- ways be adapted to the conditions of display (see section “Warning lights and
EMERGENCY
messages”).
IN AN
ful in the following circumstances: the road surface, visibility an traffic.

Road safety is always the driver’s re-
❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to the sponsibility.
If the ASR is switched off when travelling,
effect of dynamic load changes or exit will turn on again automatically the next
time the engine is started.
cessive acceleration;
❒ too much power transmitted to the
CAR
When travelling on snowy roads with

wheels also in relation to the conditions snow chains, it may be helpful to turn the
of the road surface; ASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip-
ping of the driving wheels when moving off
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or
TECHNICAL
makes it possible to obtain better drive.

frozen surfaces;
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-
face (aquaplaning).
INDEX
98
EOBD SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
Failure indications MSR system
DASHBOARD
In the event of malfunctioning, the ASR (engine braking torque control)
system is automatically disconnected and The car is fitted with a special system, in- The EOBD system (European On Board
the warning light á will come on with tegral with the ASR system, that in case of Diagnosis) allows continuous diagnosis of
fixed light on the instrument panel to- sudden gear shifting, cuts in providing the components of the car correlated with
gether with the message on the display emissions.
DEVICES
torque to the engine thus preventing ex-
SAFETY
(see section “Warning lights and mes- cessive driving wheel drive that, specially It also alerts the driver, by turning on the
sages”). In this case contact Fiat Dealer- in poor grip conditions, can lead to loss of warning light U on the instrument pan-
ship as soon as possible. stability. el (together with the message on the dis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
play) (see section “Warning lights and
messages”), when these components are
no longer in peak conditions.
WARNING
The objective is:
When using the spare wheel,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the ASR system is excluded ❒ to keep the system efficiency under
and the warning light á on the in- control;
strument panel turns on glowing
steadily together with the message on ❒ warn when a fault causes emissions lev-
the display (see section “Warning els to increase;
EMERGENCY
❒ warn of the need to replace deterio-
IN AN
lights and messages”).
rated components.
The system also has a diagnostic connec-
tor that can be interfaced with appropri-
ate tools, which makes it possible to read
CAR
the error codes stored in the control unit,
WARNING together with a series of specific parame-
For correct operation of the ters for engine operation and diagnosis.
TECHNICAL
ASR system, the tyres must This check can also be carried out by the
absolutely be of the same brand and traffic police.
type on all wheels, in perfect condi-
tions and, above all, of type, brand
and size specified.
INDEX
99
SOUND SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
IMPORTANT After eliminating the in-
DASHBOARD convenience, to check the system com-
pletely, Fiat Dealerships are obliged to run (where provided)
a bench test and, if necessary, road tests
which may also call for a long journey. The Fiat Stilo sound system is of the fixed
type: the instructions for use are given in
DEVICES
SAFETY
the attached Supplement.

ACTUAL versions are provided with pre-
setting for sound system with aerial, wiring
and speakers.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0440m
fig. 124
If turning the ignition key to To install the sound system, loosen screw
MAR, the warning light U A-fig. 124 and remove the oddment IMPORTANT To guarantee proper sound
does not turn on or if, while compartment, install the compartment and mechanical properties (e.g. water
travelling it turns on glowing provided with the sound system and the tightness and door soundproofing) at Lin-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
steadily or flashing (together with the power cables for the electric connection. eaccessori Fiat is available a kit including
message on the display), contact Fiat an aerial adapter that improves AM fre-
Dealership as soon as possible. Warn- quency reception through the amplifier on
ing light U operation can be checked the aerial support.
EMERGENCY
by means of special equipment by traf-

IN AN
fic agents. Always comply with the traf-

fic regulations in force in the country
where you are travelling.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
100
ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION OF RADIO TRANSMITTERS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
PURCHASED BY THE ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC AND CELLULAR
OWNER DEVICES TELEPHONES
If after buying the car, you decide to install Electric/electronic devices installed after Mobile phones and other radio transceiv-
DEVICES
SAFETY
electrical accessories that require a per- buying the car or in aftermarket shall bear er equipment (e.g.: HAM radio systems
manent electric supply (alarm, satellite an- the and marking: and the like) shall not be used inside the
titheft system, etc.) or accessories that in car unless a separate aerial is mounted.
any case burden the electric supply, con-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
tact Fiat Dealership, whose qualified per- IMPORTANT The use of mobile phones,
sonnel, besides suggesting the most suit- HAM radio systems or other similar de-
able devices belonging to Lineaccessori Fi- vices inside the passenger compartment
at, will also evaluate the overall electric ab- (without separate aerial) may cause elec-
Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installation tronic systems equipping the car to mal-
sorption, checking whether the car’s elec-
LIGHTS AND
of transceivers provided that installation
MESSAGES
WARNING
tric system is able to withstand the load function. This could compromise safety in
is carried out at a specialized shop, work- addition to constituting a potential hazard
required, or whether it needs to be inte- manlike performed and in compliance with
grated with a more powerful battery. for the passengers.
manufacturer's specifications.
In addition, transmission and reception of
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT Installation of devices re- these devices may be affected by the
IN AN
sulting in modifications of car characteris- shielding effect of the car body.
WARNING tics may cause driving license seizing by
traffic agents and also the lapse of the war- As concerns the use of mobile phones
Take care when fitting addi- ranty as concerns defects due to the (GSM, GPRS, UMTS) with homolo-
tional spoilers, alloy rims and abovementioned modification or traceable gation, keep strictly to the mobile phone
CAR
non-standard wheel caps: they might back to it directly or indirectly. manufacturer's specifications.
reduce ventilation of the brakes, thus
their efficiency, during abrupt and re- Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibility
peated braking, or long downhill for damages caused by the installation of
TECHNICAL
slopes. Make sure that nothing (mats, non-genuine accessories or not recom-
etc.) gets in the way of the pedals mended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and installed
when they are pushed down. not in compliance with the specified re-
quirements.
INDEX
101
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC
AND CONTROLS
FAILURE INDICATIONS
DASHBOARD
POWER STEERING Any failure is indicated by warning light g
coming on (together with the message on
SYSTEM the display) (see section “Warning lights
and messages”).
The car is provided with the electrically
DEVICES
SAFETY
controlled power steering system called In the event of electric power steering sys-
“Dualdrive” working only with ignition key tem failure, the car can be driven with me-
at MAR and engine running, that can be chanical steering.
customised by the driver according to the
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT Under certain circum-

OF THE CAR
F0C0065m
driving conditions. fig. 125
stances, factors independent from the
IMPORTANT When turning quickly the electric power steering could cause the il-
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION lumination of the warning light g on the
ignition key, power steering full operation
is obtained after 1-2 seconds. (CITY function) instrument panel. We suggest to stop im-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To connect/disconnect the CITY function, mediately the car, turn off the engine for
push the button A-fig. 125 located on the about 20 seconds and then re-start the
central tunnel on the side of the gearbox car. If the warning light g stays on (to-
control lever. gether with the message on the display),
contact Fiat Dealership.
EMERGENCY
Connection of this function is reported by

IN AN
the word CITY on the “Multifunction dis- IMPORTANT The steering may become
play”. slightly stiff following parking manoeuvres
including a great deal of steering. This is
When the CITY function is on the steer- normal and caused by a system to prevent
ing wheel effort is lighter and thus parking motor overheating. No servicing is re-
CAR
operations are easier: therefore this func- quired. The electrical power steering sys-
tion is particularly useful for driving in city tem will return to normal operation the
centres. next time the car is used.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
102
PARKING SENSORS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
It is absolutely forbidden to (where provided)
carry out whatever after-
market operation involving steering Parking sensors are located in the rear
system or steering column modifica- bumper fig. 126 (saloon versions) and
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 127 (Multi Wagon versions) and their
device) that could badly affect per- function is to inform the driver, through
formance and safety, cause the lapse an intermittent buzzer, about the pres-
of warranty and also result in non- ence of obstacles behind the car.
CORRECT USE
compliance of the car with homolo-
OF THE CAR
F0C0301m
fig. 126
gation requirements. ACTIVATION
Sensors are automatically activated when
the reverse gear is engaged.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
As the distance from the obstacle behind
WARNING the car decreases, the acoustic alarm be-
Always switch the engine off, comes more frequent.
remove the key from the
EMERGENCY
starting device and actuate the steer- BUZZER WARNINGS
IN AN
ing lock before carrying out any main-
tenance operation, especially when When the reverse gear is engaged an in-
the wheels are raised from the termittent acoustic signal is automatically fig. 127 F0C0364m
ground. In case this is not possible activated.
(e.g. when the key must be in MAR The acoustic signal: ❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried.
CAR
position or the engine running), re-
move the electric power steering ❒ becomes louder as the reduction of dis- If this situation takes place for side sen-
main fuse before carrying out any tance between the car and the obstacle sors, the signal is stopped after about 3
maintenance operation. decreases; seconds to prevent sound indications
TECHNICAL
when performing manoeuvres near
❒ becomes continuous when the distance walls.
between the car and the obstacle is less
that 30 cm and stops immediately if the
distance raises.
INDEX
103
AND CONTROLS
Detection distances GENERAL WARNINGS
DASHBOARD
For proper operation, the
Central action radius ......................150 cm parking sensors set on the ❒ When parking, take the utmost care to
bumpers shall be clean from obstacles set above or under the sen-
Side action radius ............................ 60 cm mud, dirt, snow or ice. When sors.
If several obstacles are detected, the con- cleaning the sensors, take the utmost
care to prevent their damaging; do not ❒ Objects set close to the car front or
DEVICES
trol unit indicates the nearest one.

SAFETY
use therefore dry or rough clothes. Sen- rear part, under certain circumstances
sors shall be washed with clean water are not detected and could therefore
FAILURE INDICATIONS cause damages to the car.
and car detergent, if required. In wash-
In the event of sensor failures, when en- ing stations, clean sensors quickly keep- ❒ Indications sent by the sensors can be
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
gaging the reverse gear the driver is ing the vapour jet/high pressure wash- altered by dirt, snow or ice deposited
warned by the turning on of warning light ing nozzles at 10 cm at least from the on the sensors or by ultrasound sys-
è on the instrument panel and by the rel- sensors. tems (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakes or
evant message on the display (see section pneumatic hammers) set nearby the
LIGHTS AND
“Warning lights and messages”).

MESSAGES
WARNING
car.
OPERATION WITH TRAILER

Parking sensor operation is deactivated
EMERGENCY
automatically when the trailer electric ca- WARNING

IN AN
ble plug is fitted into the car tow hook Parking manoeuvres howev-
socket. er are always under the dri-
Sensors are reactivated when removing ver’s responsibility that shall always
check the absence of people (spe-
the trailer cable plug.

cially children) or animals in the ma-
CAR
noeuvre space. This system is just a

help for the driver but she/he shall
never reduce attention during dan-
gerous manoeuvres even if performed
TECHNICAL
at low speed.
INDEX
104
AT THE FILLING
AND CONTROLS
DIESEL ENGINES
DASHBOARD
The car must only be filled
STATION If the outside temperature is very low, the with diesel fuel for motor ve-
diesel thickens due to the formation of hicles, in compliance with Eu-
paraffins and could clog the diesel fuel filter. ropean Specification EN590.
PETROL ENGINES The use of other products or mixtures
In order to avoid these problems, different may irreparably damage the engine
DEVICES
SAFETY
Use only unleaded petrol. types of diesel are distributed according to with invalidation of the warranty due
To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu- the season: summer type, winter type arc- to the damage caused. In the event of
el tank filler is too small to introduce a lead tic type (mountains/cold areas). accidentally filling with another type
of fuel, do not start the engine and
CORRECT USE
petrol pump filler. Use petrol with a rat- If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable for
OF THE CAR
ed octane number (R.O.N.) not lower the current temperature, mix diesel fuel empty the tank. If the engine has been
than 95. with TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the run even for only a very short time, in
proportions stated on the can, putting first addition to the tank, it is also necessary
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leads to drain out the whole fuel circuit.
to harmful exhaust emissions, thus con- the antifreeze in the tank and then the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tributing to air pollution. diesel fuel.
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol, Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car is
used/parked in the mountains or in cold REFUELLING
even in small amount or in an emergency,
as this would damage the catalyst beyond areas for a long period. In this event you To guarantee full tank filling, carry out two
EMERGENCY
repair. are recommended to keep an amount of refuelling operations after the first click of
IN AN
fuel higher than 50% in the tank. the fuel delivery gun. Avoid further top-
ping up operations that could cause dam-
ages to the fuel system.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
105
AND CONTROLS
The cap A is fitted with key-lock: open the WARNING
DASHBOARD lid C then, turn the ignition key in the lock
and open the cap. Do not put naked flames or
lighted cigarettes near the
When refuelling, secure the cap to the de- fuel filler hole as there is a danger of
vice inside the lid as shown in the figure. fire. Do not bend too close to the hole
either so as not to breathe in harmful
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT The sealing of the tank may

cause light pressurising in the tank. A lit- vapours.
tle breathing off, while slackening the cap,
is absolutely normal.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0199m
fig. 128
After refuelling, turn the cap clockwise un-
til it clicks, then turn the key clockwise,
FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 128 remove it and close the flap.
The fuel filler cap A is fitted with an an-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tiloss device B which fastens it to the lid

C so it cannot be mislaid.
To slacken the cap, turn it counterclock-
wise and remove it.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
106
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0088m F0C0358m F0C0359m
fig. 129 fig. 130 fig. 131
FUEL LID EMERGENCY Multi Wagon versions ❒ pull the string E located inside the flap.
OPENINGS Proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Saloon versions ❒ turn the knob A-fig. 130 and open the
flap B set on the right side of the boot;
Open flap A-fig. 129 set on the right side
of the boot and pull the string located in- ❒ hold the tongue C-fig. 131 to open the
second flap D;
EMERGENCY
side the flap.
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
107
PROTECTING THE
AND CONTROLS
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER Diesel Particulate Filter clogged
DASHBOARD (DPF) (where provided)
ENVIRONMENT If the dedicated message is displayed, re-
The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan- fer to section “Warning lights and mes-
The devices for curtailing petrol engine ical filter, integral with the exhaust system, sages”.
emissions are the following: that physically traps particulates present
DEVICES
in the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.

SAFETY
❒ three-way catalytic converter;

The diesel particular filter has been adopt-
❒ Lambda sensors; ed to eliminate almost totally particulates
WARNING
❒ fuel evaporation system. in compliance with current / future law
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
regulations. During normal service the

In addition, do not let the engine run, even catalyst and the diesel par-
for a test, with one or more spark plugs During normal use of the car, the engine ticulate filter (DPF) reach high tem-
disconnected. control unit records a set of data (e.g.: peratures. Do not therefore park the
travel time, type of route, temperatures, car over inflammable materials (grass,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
etc.) and it will then calculate how much dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): fire
The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en- particulates has been trapped by the filter. hazard.
gine emissions are the following: Since this filter physically traps particulates,
❒ oxidising catalytic converter; it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regular
EMERGENCY
intervals by burning carbon particles. Re-

IN AN
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system claiming procedure is controlled auto-

(E.G.R.); matically by the engine control unit ac-
cording to the filter conditions and the
❒ Lambda sensors; conditions of use of the car. During re-
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (where claiming the following phenomena could
CAR
provided it is fitted instead of the Lamb- take place: idling slight increase, fan acti-
da sensor). vation, slight smoke increase, high exhaust
temperatures. These situations shall not
be considered as faults and they do not af-
TECHNICAL
fect car performance and environment.

INDEX
108
SAFETY DEVICES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SEAT BELTS ............................................................................ 110
PRETENSIONERS ................................................................... 113
DEVICES
SAFETY
CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY....................................... 116
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
“ISOFIX TYPE” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ............... 121
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM .. 124
FRONT AIR BAGS ................................................................. 126
LIGHTS AND
SIDE AIR BAGS (Side bag - Window bag) ...................... 130
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
109
SEAT BELTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the chest
straight and rested against the seat back.
DEVICES
SAFETY
To fasten the seat belts, take hold the

tongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buck-
le B, until hearing the locking click.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0075m F0C0267m
fig. 1 fig. 2
At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for a
short stretch, then pull it out again with-
out jerking. When the car is parked on a steep slope Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown in
the reel mechanism may block; this is nor- fig. 2
To unfasten the seat belts, press button mal. The reel mechanism prevents the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
C. Guide the seat belt with your hand webbing coming out when it is jerked or
while it is rewinding, to prevent it from if the car brakes sharply, in a collision or WARNING
twisting. when cornering at high speed.
Never press button C-fig. 1
Through the reel, the belt automatically The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat
EMERGENCY
when travelling.
adapts to the body of the passenger wear- belts with three anchor points and reel for
IN AN
ing it, allowing freedom of movement. the side and centre seats.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
110
IMPORTANT After putting the seats back
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
to their travelling position, restore the
seat belt position to make them ready for
use.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0433m F0C0378m
fig. 3 fig. 4
When reclining the rear seat backs, to put IMPORTANT When the seat back is cou- WARNING
the seat buckles back properly, use the pled properly, the “red band” B-fig. 4 pre-
suitable housings A-fig. 3 obtained in the sent aside lever A disappears. The “red Make sure the seat back is
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
cushion. band” actually indicates improper seat correctly hooked on both
back coupling. As concerns versions fitted sides (“red bands” B-fig. 4 not visible)
Take out buckles from their housings (ver- with sliding seat, always check that the to prevent seat back being thrown
sions with rear sliding seat) when reset- back is locked in proper position; these forwards and injuring passengers
ting the seat in straight position, to have should you brake sharply.
EMERGENCY
versions are fitted with reclining seat:
them ready for use.
IN AN
when resetting it in proper position, make
sure to hear the locking click.
IMPORTANT Remember that in the
event of a violent collision, back seat pas-
CAR
sengers not wearing seat belts also rep-
resent a serious danger for the front seat
passengers.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
111
S.B.R. SYSTEM
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system Make the height adjustment
(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of a when the car is stationary.
buzzer which, together with the blinking
of warning light < on the instrument pan-
el, warns the driver to fasten the seat belt.
DEVICES
SAFETY
The buzzer can be deactivated temporar-

ily (until next engine stop) by the follow-
ing procedure, to be carried out within
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0096m
1 minute from turning the ignition key to fig. 5
MAR:
❒ fasten the driver’s seat belt. FRONT SEAT BELT HEIGHT WARNING
ADJUSTMENT
❒ wait for over 20 seconds and then re- After adjustment, always
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
lease the driver’s seat belt. Four different adjustments in height are check that the slider is an-
provided. chored in one of the positions pro-
For permanent deactivation, contact Fiat vided. To do this, with the button
Dealership. To adjust, press button A-fig. 5 and low- A-fig. 5 released, exert a further pres-
er or raise the grip B. sure to allow the anchor device to
EMERGENCY
The S.B.R. system can only be reset

IN AN
through the set-up menu (see section Always adjust the height of the seat belt catch if release did not take place at
“Warning lights and messages” at para- to fit the person wearing it. This precau- one of the preset position.
graph “Seat belts not fastened”). tion could greatly reduce the risk of injury
in case of collision.
Correct adjustment is obtained when the

CAR
belt passes half way between the end of

the shoulder and the neck.
TECHNICAL
IINDEX
112
PRETENSIONERS The pretensioner does not require any
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
maintenance or greasing. Anything that Operations which lead to
modifies its original conditions invalidates knocks, vibrations or localised
To increase the efficiency of the front and heating (over 100°C for a
rear (where provided) seat belts, the car its efficiency. If due to unusual natural
events (floods, seas storm, etc.) the device maximum of 6 hours) in the
is fitted with pretensioners. These devices, area around the pretensioners may
in the event of violent front crash, rewind has been affected by water and mud, it
cause damage or trigger them. These
DEVICES
SAFETY
the seat belts a few centimetres. In this must necessarily be replaced.
devices are not affected by vibrations
way they ensure that the seat belt adheres caused by irregularities of the road sur-
perfectly to the wearer before the re- face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.
straining action begins. The seat belt locks Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
to indicate that the device has intervened; sistance.
the seat belt cannot be drawn back up
even when guiding it manually. WARNING
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de- The pretensioner can only
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
gree of protection from the action of the be used once. After a colli-
pretensioning device, wear the seat belt sion that has triggered it, have it re-
keeping it firmly close to the chest and placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten- LOAD LIMITERS
pelvis. sioner validity is written on the label
inside the lower oddment compart- To increase passenger’s safety, the front
EMERGENCY
Front seat pretensioners activate only if and rear (where provided) seat belt reels
IN AN
front seat belts are properly fitted into ment. Pretensioners should be re-
placed at Fiat Dealership as this date contain a load limiter which allows con-
buckles. A small amount of smoke may be trolled sag in such a way as to dose the
produced. This smoke is in no way toxic approaches.
force acting on the shoulders during the
and presents no fire hazard. belt restraining action in case of front
crash.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
113
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0015m F0C0013m F0C0014m

fig. 6 fig. 7 fig. 8
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR IMPORTANT The belt should not be twist- IMPORTANT Never travel with a child
USING THE SEAT BELTS ed. The upper part should pass over the sitting on the passenger’s lap with a sin-
gle belt to protect them both fig. 8. Do
LIGHTS AND
shoulder and cross the chest diagonally. The

MESSAGES
WARNING
The driver must comply with (and have not fasten other objects to the body.
the car occupants follow) all the local le- lower part should adhere to the pelvis (as
gal regulations concerning the use of seat shown in fig. 7) and not the abdomen of the
belts. Always fasten the seat belts before passenger. Do not use any objects (pegs,
starting. stoppers, etc.) to keep the belts away from
EMERGENCY
the body.
IN AN
Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-

tant mothers: the risk of injury in the case
of accident is greatly reduced for them and
the unborn child if they are wearing a seat

belt. Of course they must position the
CAR
lower part of the belt very low down so WARNING

that it passes under the abdomen (as il- For maximum safety, keep
lustrated in fig. 6). the back of your seat up-
right, lean back into it and make sure
TECHNICAL
the seat belt fits closely across your

chest and hips. Make sure that the
seat belts of the front and rear pas-
sengers are fastened at all times! You
increase the risk of serious injury or
IINDEX
death in a collision if you travel with

the belts unfastened.
114
HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT ❒ prevent the reels from getting wet:
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
BELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENT their correct operation is only guaran-
Under no circumstances teed if water does not get inside;
should the components of the CONDITIONS
seat belts and pretensioners be tam- Observe the following: ❒ replace the seat belt when showing sig-
pered with or removed. Any operation nificant wear or cut signs.
should be carried out by qualified and ❒ always use the belt with the tap taut and
DEVICES
SAFETY
authorised personnel. Always contact never twisted; make sure that it is free
a Fiat Dealership. to run without impediments;
❒ after a serious accident, replace the belt
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
being worn at that time, even if it does
not appear damaged. Always replace
the seat belts if pretensioners have
WARNING been activated;
If the belt has been subject- ❒ to clean the belts, wash by hand with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ed to heavy stress, for ex- neutral soap, rinse and leave to dry in
ample after an accident, it should be the shade. Never use strong deter-
changed completely together with gents, bleach or dyes or other chemi-
the anchors, anchor fastening screws cal substance that might weaken the fi-
EMERGENCY
and the pretensioners. In fact, even if bres;
IN AN
the belt has no visible defects, it could
have lost its resilience.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
115
CARRYING CHILDREN As it may be noted, the groups overlap
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD partly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-
SAFELY sible to find devices that cover more than SERIOUS DANGER: Never
one weight group. place cradle child’s seats fac-
For optimal protection in the event of a ing backwards on the front
crash, all passengers must be seated and All restraint devices must bear the certi- passenger seat of cars fitted
fication data, together with the control with passenger’s air bag since
DEVICES
SAFETY
wearing adequate restraint systems.

brand, on a solidly fixed label which must the air bag activation could cause se-
This is even more important for children. absolutely never be removed. rious injuries, even mortal. You are
This prescription is compulsory in all EC Over 1.50 m in height, from the point of advised to carry children always on
CORRECT USE
the rear seat, as this is the most pro-

OF THE CAR
countries according to EC Directive view of restraint systems, children are

2003/20/EC. considered as adults and wear the seat tected position in the case of a crash.
belts normally. In any case, children’s seats must ab-
Compared with adults, their head is pro- solutely not be fitted on the front seat
portionally larger and heavier than the rest Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for each of cars with passenger’s air bag, which
LIGHTS AND
of the body, while the muscles and bone

MESSAGES
WARNING
weight group, which are the recommend- during inflation could cause serious
structure are not completely developed. ed choice, as they have been designed and injury, even mortal, regardless of the
Therefore, correct restraint systems are experimented specifically for Fiat cars. seriousness of the crash that triggered
necessary, other than adult seat belts. it. Children may be placed on the
front seat of cars fitted with passen-
EMERGENCY
The results of research on the best child

ger’s air bag deactivation. In this case,
IN AN
restraint systems are contained in the Eu-

ropean Standard EEC-R44. This Standard it is absolutely necessary to check the
enforces the use of restraint systems clas- warning light F on the instrument
sified in five groups: panel, to make sure that deactivation
has actually taken place (see para-

Group 0 0-10 kg in weight graph “Front passenger air bag” at
CAR
paragraph “Front air bags”). The

Group 0+ 0-13 kg in weight front passenger seat shall be adjust-
Group 1 9-18 kg in weight ed in the most backward position to
prevent any contact between child’s
TECHNICAL
Group 2 15-25 kg in weight seat and dashboard.

Group 3 22-36 kg in weight
IINDEX
116
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Seats exist which are suit-
able for covering weight
groups 0 and 1 with a rear connection
to the car belts and their own belts to
restrain the child. Due to their size,
DEVICES
SAFETY
they can be dangerous if installed in-
correctly fastened to the car belts
with a cushion. Carefully follow the
CORRECT USE
instructions for installation provided
OF THE CAR
F0C0429m F0C0430m
fig. 9 fig. 10
with the seat.
GROUP 0 and 0+ GROUP 1
Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, chil-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
backwards on a cradle seat, which, sup- dren may be carried facing forwards, with
porting the head, does not induce stress seat fitted with front cushion, through
on the neck in the event of sharp decel- which the car seat belt restrains both child
eration. and seat fig. 10.
EMERGENCY
The cradle is restrained by the car seat
IN AN
belts, as shown in fig. 9 and in turn it must
restrain the child with its own belts.
WARNING
The figure is only an exam-
CAR
ple for mounting. Attain to
the instructions for fastening which
must be enclosed with the specific
TECHNICAL
child restraining system you are using.
INDEX
117
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Figures are only an example
for mounting. Attain to the
instructions for fastening which must
be enclosed with the specific child re-
straining system you are using.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0431m F0C0432m
fig. 11 fig. 12
GROUP 2 GROUP 3
Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, chil- For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the size
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
dren may be restrained directly by the car of the child’s chest no longer requires a
belts fig. 11. The only function of the seat support to space the child’s back from the
is to position the child correctly in rela- seat back.
tion to the belts, so that the diagonal part
adheres to the chest and not to the neck Fig. 12 shows proper child seat posi-
EMERGENCY
and that the horizontal part clings to the tioning on the rear seat.
IN AN
child’s pelvis and not the abdomen. Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seat
belts like adults.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
118
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON CHILD’S SEAT USE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seat assembling on the different car seats accord-
ing to the following tables:
3/5-door version, double rear seat
DEVICES
SAFETY
SEAT
Group Range of weight Front passenger Rear passenger Central passenger
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U U
Group 1 9-18 kg U U U
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
5-door version, rear sliding seat
EMERGENCY
IN AN
SEAT
LH RH
Group Range of weight Front side rear side rear Central
passenger passenger passenger passenger
CAR
Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U U L L
Group 1 9-18 kg U U L L
TECHNICAL
Key:
INDEX
U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to European Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.
L = suitable for certain child’s restraint systems available at Lineaccessori Fiat for the specified group.
119
Below is a summary of the rules of ❒ Always check the seat belt is well fas-
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD safety to be followed for carrying tened by pulling the webbing.
Never place cradle child’s
children: ❒ Only one child is to be strapped to each seats facing backwards on
❒ The recommended position for in- retaining system. the front passenger seat of cars fitted
stalling children’s seat is on the rear ❒ Always check the seat belts do not fit with passenger air bag since the air
bag activation could cause serious in-
DEVICES
seat, as it is the most protected in the

SAFETY
around the child’s throat.

case of a crash. juries, even mortal. You are advised
❒ While travelling, do not let the child sit to carry children always on the rear
❒ If the passenger’s air bag is deactivated incorrectly or release the belts. seat, as this is the most protected po-
always check the warning light F on
CORRECT USE
sition in the case of a crash.

OF THE CAR
the instrument panel to make sure that ❒ Passengers should never carry children
it has actually been deactivated. on their laps. No-one, however strong
they are, can hold a child in the event
❒ Attain to the instructions for fastening of a crash.
the specific child restraint system which
LIGHTS AND
❒ In case of an accident, replace the seat

MESSAGES
WARNING
you are using. These instructions must

be provided by the manufacturer. Keep with a new one.
the child restraint system installation in-
structions with the car documents and
this Handbook. Never use a child re-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
straint system without installation in-

structions.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
120
PRESETTING FOR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
MOUNTING THE
“ISOFIX TYPE”
CHILD RESTRAINT
DEVICES
SYSTEM
SAFETY
This car is preset for mounting the Isofix
type child restraint system, a new Euro-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0274m F0C0273m
pean standardised system for carrying chil- fig. 13 fig. 14
dren safely. Isofix child restraint system
is an additional option that does not pre- Lineaccessori Fiat provides the “Kiddy WARNING
vent from using traditional child restraint Isofix” seat, certified according to Euro-
systems. Isofix type child restraint system pean Standard ECE-R44/03, for babies up Mount the child restraint
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
covers three groups: 0, 0+ and 1. to 13 kg weight to be positioned facing system only with the car sta-
backwards (groups 0 and 0+) and for ba- tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys-
Due to its different anchoring system, the bies from 9 to 18 kg weight that is to be tem is properly anchored to the
Isofix type child restraint system shall be positioned facing the running direction mounting brackets when clicks are
anchored to the proper metal rings set be- heard. In any case, keep to the in-
EMERGENCY
(group 1). Remember that in case of Isofix
tween rear seat back and cushion A-
IN AN
type seats, you can only use those seats stallation instructions that must be
fig. 13 or in the rear seat cover B-fig. 14 designed, tested and approved for this car. provided by the child restraint system
(according to versions). Manufacturer.
It is possible to mount both the traditional
restraint system and the Isofix type one,
CAR
one on the left and the other on the right,
for example.
Since sizes are different, on the rear seats
TECHNICAL
it is possible to install max. two Isofix type
seats using the proper couplings or max.
three traditional child’s seats using the seat
belts. On the front passenger seat it is pos-
sible to mount only traditional child’s
INDEX
seats.
121
For proper mounting proceed as follows:
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ❒ move the rear sliding seat fully back-
wards with the seat back at 4th position,
as shown in fig. 16.
❒ check whether the release lever B-
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 15 is at rest position (inward);

❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po-
sition the child restraint system with
CORRECT USE
the fastening devices C aligned with the

OF THE CAR
F0C0312m
fig. 16
brackets;
FITTING THE ISOFIX TYPE SEAT ❒ push the child restraint system until
hearing locking clicks;
LIGHTS AND
Groups 0 and 0+ ❒ check proper locking by moving the

MESSAGES
WARNING
For children of the 0, 0+ weight group (ba- child’s seat with force: the built-in safe-
bies up to 13 kg), the child’s seat is facing ty mechanism actually inhibits improp-
backwards and the child is restrained by er coupling with only one coupling
locked.
EMERGENCY
the child’s seat belts D-fig. 15.

IN AN
As the child grows, passing to weight

F0C0268m
group 1 (9-18 kg) refit it facing forwards
fig. 15 following the instructions provided with WARNING
the child restraint system.

In case of rear fixed seat and
CAR
if the Isofix type restraint

system is set facing backwards, the
passenger’s seat will have to be pulled
back until it touches the seat restraint
TECHNICAL
system back. In case of rear sliding

seat, move the front seat forward to
a position from half its stroke forth.
IINDEX
122
❒ push the child restraint system until
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
hearing locking clicks;
❒ for seats positioned facing the running
direction, hook the upper belt D-
fig. 18 (in the upper seat pocket) to the
ring E in the boot;
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Check proper locking by moving the
child’s seat with force: the built-in safe-
ty mechanism actually inhibits improp-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0428m
fig. 18 er coupling with only one coupling
locked.
Group 1 With this configuration, the child is se-
For proper mounting proceed as follows: cured also by the car seat belts and by the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
upper belts. To apply car seat belts to
❒ move the rear sliding seat fully back- child’s seat refer to the child’s seat hand-
wards with the seat back at 4th position, book.
as shown in fig. 16;
❒ check whether the release lever B-
EMERGENCY
IN AN
fig. 17 is at rest position (inward);
F0C0139m
❒ find the presetting brackets A, then po-
fig. 17 sition the child restraint system with
WARNING
the fastening devices C aligned with the
brackets; In case of rear sliding seat,
CAR
move the front seat forward
to a position from half its stroke forth.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
123
PRESETTING FOR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
MOUNTING THE
“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
CHILD RESTRAINT
DEVICES
SYSTEM
SAFETY
This car is preset for mounting the “Uni-

versal Isofix” child restraint system, a new
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0274m F0C0428m
European standardised system for carry- fig. 19 fig. 20
ing children safely.
Remember that in case of Universal Isofix WARNING
The “Universal Isofix” child’s seat covers child’s seat, you can only use all those
weight group: 1. seats approved with the marking ECE Mount the child restraint
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Due to its different anchoring system, the R44/03 “Universal Isofix”. system only with the car sta-
Universal Isofix child’s seat shall be an- tionary. The child restraint system is
At Lineaccessori Fiat is available the “Uni- properly anchored to the mounting
chored to the proper lower metal rings versal Isofix” “Duo Plus” child’s seat.
A-fig. 19, set between rear seat back and brackets when clicks are heard. In any
case, keep to the installation instruc-
EMERGENCY
cushion. The upper belt D-fig. 20 (pro- For any further installation/use detail, re-
IN AN
vided with the child’s seat) shall be then fer to the “Instructions Manual” that must tions that must be provided by the
secured to ring E set in the boot at child’s be provided by the child restraint system child restraint system Manufacturer.
seat height. Manufacturer.
It is possible to mount at the same time

CAR
both the traditional restraint system and

the “Universal Isofix” one.
TECHNICAL
IINDEX
124
PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ON UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different installation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint
systems on seats fitted with Isofix fasteners.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Range of weight Child’s seat orientation Isofix Isofix position
class side rear
Group 0 to 10 kg Facing backwards E IL
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Facing backwards E IL
Group 0+ to 13 kg Facing backwards D IL
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Facing backwards C IL
Facing backwards D IL
EMERGENCY
Facing backwards C IL
IN AN
Group I - 9 to 18 kg Facing forwards B IUF
Facing forwards B1 IUF
CAR
Facing forwards A IUF
Key
TECHNICAL
IUF = suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), ap-
proved for the weight group.
IL = suitable for Isofix type child restraint systems, specific and approved for this type of car: Kiddy Isofix seat available at Lin-
INDEX
eaccessori Fiat. The child’s seat can be installed by moving forward the front seat.
125
FRONT AIR BAGS In case of front crash, an electronic con- Front air bag may not be activated in the
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD trol unit, when required, triggers the in- following situations:
The car is fitted with front multistage air flation of the cushion according to the
severity of the collision. ❒ in collisions against highly deformable
bags (“Smart bag”) for driver and passen- objects not affecting the car front sur-
ger, front side bags (where provided), rear The cushion immediately inflates, placing face (e.g. bumper collision against guard
side bags (where provided) and window itself as a protection between the body rail);
DEVICES
SAFETY
bags (where provided). of the front occupants and the structure

that could cause injuries. Immediately af- ❒ car wedging under other vehicles or
“SMART BAG” SYSTEM (FRONT ter, the cushion deflates. protective barriers (for example under
a truck or guard rail);
CORRECT USE
MULTISTAGE AIR BAGS)

OF THE CAR
The front air bag (driver and passenger) is

The front air bag (driver and passenger) not a replacement of but complementary as it offers no additional protection com-
has been designed to protect the occu- to the use of belts, which should always pared with the seat belts, consequently,
pants in the event of head-on crashes of be worn, as specified by law in Europe and it would be pointless. Therefore, failure to
medium-high severity, by placing the cush- most non-European countries. come into action in the above circum-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ion between the occupant and the steer- stances does not mean that the system is
ing wheel or dashboard. In case of crash, a person not wearing the not working properly.
seat belt moves forward and may come in-
Front air bags are designed to protect to contact with the cushion while it is still
car’s occupants in front crashes and there- inflating. Under this circumstance the pro-
EMERGENCY
fore non-activation in other types of col- tection offered by the air bag is reduced.
IN AN
lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll- WARNING

overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction. Do not apply stickers or oth-
er objects to the steering
wheel or to the air bag cover on the

CAR
passenger’s side or on the side roof

lining. Do not put objects on the
dashboard on passenger side (e.g. mo-
bile phones) since they could interfere
TECHNICAL
with proper passenger air bag infla-

tion and cause injuries to the car’s
passengers.
IINDEX
126
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
SERIOUS DANGER: With
passenger’s air bag active,
never place child’s seats with
the cradle facing backwards
since the air bag activation
DEVICES
SAFETY
could cause to the child serious in-
juries, even mortal. In the case of
need, always deactivate the passen-
CORRECT USE
ger’s air bag when a child’s seat is
OF THE CAR
F0C0051m F0C0112m
fig. 21 fig. 22
placed on the front seat. The front
passenger’s seat shall be adjusted in
DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 21 PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG the most backward position to pre-
It consists of an instant-inflating cushion fig. 22 vent any contact between child’s seat
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
and dashboard. Even if not compul-
WARNING
contained in a special recess in the cen- It consists of an instant-inflating cushion
tre of the steering wheel. contained into a special recess in the sory by law, you are recommended to
dashboard, this cushion has a volume big- reactivate the air bag immediately as
ger than that of the driver. soon as child transport is no longer
necessary.
EMERGENCY
The driver’s and passenger’s front air bags
IN AN
have been designed and calibrated to im-
prove the protection of a person wear-
ing seat belts.
At their maximum inflation, their volume
CAR
fills most of the space between the dash-
board and the passenger.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
127
MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF The warning light F on the instrument
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAG panel stays on permanently until the pas-
senger’s air bag is reactivated.
Should it be absolutely necessary to car-
ry a child on the front seat, the passenger’s Deactivation of the passenger’s front air
front air bag can be deactivated. bag does not inhibit operation of the side
bag.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Deactivation/reactivation takes place with

ignition key at STOP, and operating it in
the special key switch on the right-hand
side of the dashboard. You can reach the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0052m
switch only if the door is opened. fig. 23
When the door is open, the key can be in- The key-operated switch has two posi-
serted and removed in both positions. tions fig. 23:
IMPORTANT Operate the switch only
LIGHTS AND
❒ Passenger’s front air bag activated (ON

MESSAGES
WARNING
when the engine is not running and the ig- position P): warning light F on in-
nition key is removed. strument panel off; it is absolutely pro-
hibited to carry a child on the front
seat.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ Passenger’s front air bag deactivated

(OFF position F): warning light F
on instrument panel on; it is possible to
carry a child protected by special re-
straint system on the front seat.

TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
128
FRONT PASSENGER
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
CLASSIFICATION SENSOR
SERIOUS DANGER: The The front passenger classifi-
(OCS = Occupant Classification front passenger classification cation sensor could not de-
System) (where provided) sensor is not studied for the tect or correctly classify the occupant
The front passenger air bag is equipped recognition of the children re- presence because of the interposition
straints and for the conse- of cushions or sanitary aids (cushions,
DEVICES
SAFETY
with a sensor, located inside the passen-
ger seat between the padding and the ex- quent automatic deactivation of the rubber rings, etc.), that therefore
ternal cover of the seat, able to recognize passenger air bag. If you carry a chil- should not be used on the front pas-
the presence of the occupant and classify dren restraint on the front passenger senger seat.
CORRECT USE
seat, it is however necessary to de-
OF THE CAR
his/her weight.
activate the front passenger air bag
This allows ensuring the best protection through the proper deactivation
under any circumstance, modulating the switch (see previous paragraph). WARNING
inflation pressure of the front passenger
Never place cutting or sharp
LIGHTS AND
air bag as a function of the occupant
MESSAGES
WARNING
weight. objects on the front passen-
ger seat to prevent damaging the
If an adult sits on the front passenger seat, front passenger classification sensor.
the relevant front air bag is ready to in- WARNING
Contact a Fiat Dealership in case of
EMERGENCY
tervene in case of need. If the passenger Do not arrange heavy ob- sensor damages.
IN AN
seat is free, the air bag will not intervene. jects on the front passenger
seat, because in the event of accident,
IMPORTANT To receive the best system the front passenger air bag intervenes
protection in the event of an accident, you if it is not deactivated through the
have to seat in proper position. proper deactivation switch (see pre-
CAR
vious paragraph).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
129
SIDE AIR BAGS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
(Side bag -
Window bag)
DEVICES
SAFETY
SIDE BAG (where provided)

They are composed by two types of in-
stant inflation cushions and are housed in
the back rests of the front seats fig. 24
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0114m F0C0157m
fig. 24 fig. 26
and in the side stuffing of the rear seats
(where provided) fig. 25. The task of the
side air bags is to increase protection of Also in this case it is of vital importance to
the occupants’ chest in the event of a side wear the seat belts since in case of side
crash they guarantee proper positioning
LIGHTS AND
crash of medium-high severity.

MESSAGES
WARNING
of the occupant and prevent the occupants

WINDOW BAG (where provided) to be pitched out of the car in case of vi-
olent crashes.
fig. 26
Therefore the front and rear side bags
EMERGENCY
They consist of two “curtain” cushions lo- (where provided) are not a replacement
IN AN
cated behind the side coverings of the roof of but complementary to the belts, which
and covered by proper finishings; this so- F0C0133m you are recommended to always wear, as
lution, studied for the head protection, al- fig. 25
specified by law in Europe and most non-
lows offering the best protection to the European countries.

front and rear occupants in the event of In minor side crashes (for which the re-
CAR
side crash, thanks to the wide cushion in- straining action of the seat belts is suffi- IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,
flation surface. cient), the air bags are not deployed. you can obtain the best protection by the
system keeping a correct position on the
seat, allowing thus a correct window bag
TECHNICAL
unfolding.
IINDEX
130
IMPORTANT The front air bags and/or IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
front and rear side bags (if fitted) may be which any of the safety devices is activat-
deployed if the car is subject to heavy ed, take the car to a Fiat Dealership to Never rest head, arms and
knocks or accidents involving the under- have the devices activated replaced and to elbows on the door, on the
body area, such as for example violent have the system checked. windows and in the window bag area
shocks, against steps, kerbs or low obsta- to prevent possible injuries during in-
Every control, repair and replacement op- flation phase.
DEVICES
SAFETY
cles, falling of the car in big holes or sags
in the road. erations concerning the air bags must on-
ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.
IMPORTANT When the airbag inflates it
If you are having the car scrapped, have
CORRECT USE
emits a small amount of dusts. These dusts
OF THE CAR
are harmless and is not the beginning of the air bag system deactivated at a Fiat
Dealership first. If the car changes own- WARNING
a fire; then the unfold cushion surface and
the car interiors can be covered by a dusty ership, the new owner must be informed Never lean head, arms and
remains: this dust can irritate skin and of the method of use of air bags and the elbows out of the window.
above warnings and also be given this
LIGHTS AND
eyes. In case of contact, wash yourself us-
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing neutral soap and water. “Owner Handbook”.
IMPORTANT The triggering of preten-
sioners, front air bags and side bags (front
and rear) is decided in a differentiated
EMERGENCY
manner by the electronic control unit, de-
IN AN
pending on the type of crash. The failure
to deploy one or more of them does not
WARNING mean that the system is not working prop-
Life and validity of pyrotech- erly
CAR
nic charge and coil contact
are indicated on the label inside the
lower oddment compartment. As this
date approaches, contact Fiat Deal-
TECHNICAL
ership to have them replaced.
INDEX
131
MANUAL DEACTIVATION
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD OF REAR SIDE BAGS
SERIOUS DANGER: In pres-
(where provided) ence of small size occupants
Certain versions are fitted with rear side (children, etc.) on the rear
bags (that can be deactivated) to protect seats, it is necessary to deac-
tivate the rear side bags
DEVICES
the chest of rear passengers.

SAFETY
through the apposite deactivation

For deactivation: operate the key switch switch located in the boot.
(with ignition key) located in the boot un-
der the rear shelves as shown in the fig-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0154m
ure. The switch can be reached only with fig. 27
tailgate open.
The key-operated switch has two posi-
IMPORTANT Operate the switch only tions fig. 27:
when the engine is stopped and the igni-
LIGHTS AND
❒ side air bag activated (ON position

MESSAGES
WARNING
tion key is removed.

Õ): warning light À on instrument
panel off; it is absolutely prohibited to
carry a child on the rear seats;
EMERGENCY
❒ side air bag deactivated (OFF posi-

IN AN
tionÀ ): warning light À on instru-

ment panel on; it is possible to trans-
port children protected by proper re-
straints on the front seat.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
132
GENERAL WARNINGS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
Never travel with objects on Remember that with the key
WARNING your lap, in front of your engaged and at MAR, even
If when turning the ignition chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be- with the engine not running, the air
key to MAR, the warning tween your lips; injury may result in bags may be triggered on a stationary
the event of the air bag being trig- car if it is bumped by another moving
DEVICES
light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays
SAFETY
on when travelling (together with the gered. car. Therefore, never seat children on
message on the display) there could the front seat even when the car is
be a failure in safety systems; in this stationary. On the other hand, re-
CORRECT USE
member that with the key at STOP
OF THE CAR
event air bags or pretensioners could
not trigger in case of impact or, in a no safety system (air bags or preten-
minor number of cases, they could WARNING sioners) is triggered in the event of an
trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat Always keep your hands on impact; in this case, failure to come
Dealership immediately to have the the steering wheel rim when into action cannot be considered as a
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
sign that the system is not working
WARNING
system checked. driving, so that if the air bag is trig-
gered, it can inflate without meeting properly.
any obstacles which could cause seri-
ous harm to you. Do not drive with
EMERGENCY
the body bent forwards, keep the seat
IN AN
back rest in the erect position and
lean your back well against it.
WARNING
Do not cover the backrest of
front and rear seats with
CAR
trims or covers that are not suitable
to be used with side bags. WARNING
If the car has been stolen or
an attempt to steal it has
TECHNICAL
been made, if it has been subjected to
vandals or floods, have the air bag
system checked by Fiat Dealership.
INDEX
133
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
When the ignition key is Do not wash the seat back Do not hook rigid objects to
turned to MAR, the warning rest with pressurised water the coat hooks and to the
light F (with passenger’s front air or steam (by hand or at automatic support handles.
bag deactivation switch at ON) turns seat washing stations).
on and flashes for few seconds to re-
DEVICES
SAFETY
mind that the passenger’s air bag will

be deployed in a crash, after which
it should go off.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
WARNING WARNING
The front air bag is triggered The air bag does not substi-
for shocks greater in magni- tute the seat belts, but only
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tude than the pretensioners. For im- increases their effectiveness. More-
WARNING pacts between these two thresholds, over, since the front air bags do not
When the ignition key is it is therefore normal that only the come into operation in the event of
turned to MAR, the warning pretensioners are triggered. front impact at low speed, side colli-
sions, bumps from behind or over-
EMERGENCY
light À (with the rear side bag de-

IN AN
activation switch at ON) turns on and turning, in these circumstances the

flashes for few seconds to remind that occupants would only be protected
the rear side bags will be deployed in by the seat belts which must therefore
a crash, after which it should go off. always be fastened.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
134
CORRECT USE OF THE CAR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ENGINE STARTING ............................................................ 136
PARKING.................................................................................. 139
DEVICES
SAFETY
USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX .................................. 140
USING THE “SELESPEED” GEARBOX .......................... 141
CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS ................................. 149
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
TOWING TRAILERS............................................................. 151
SNOW TYRES......................................................................... 154
SNOW CHAINS..................................................................... 155
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
CAR INACTIVITY ................................................................. 156
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
135
ENGINE STARTING STARTING PROCEDURE FOR
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD PETROL VERSIONS
Running the engine in con-
The car is fitted with an electronic engine Proceed as follows: fined areas is extremely dan-
lock device: if the engine fails to start, see gerous. The engine consumes oxygen
the paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” in ❒ pull up the handbrake; and produces carbon monoxide
section “Dashboard and controls”. ❒ set the gear lever to neutral; which is a highly toxic and lethal gas.
DEVICES
SAFETY
The engine may be noisier than usual dur- ❒ press the clutch pedal down to the
ing the first seconds of operation, espe- floor without touching the accelerator;
cially after it has not been used for a while.
CORRECT USE
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and let

OF THE CAR
This characteristic feature of the hydraulic

tappet system does not compromise func- it go the moment the engine starts. When the engine is switched
tionality or reliability. This timing system off never leave the ignition key
for petrol engines was adopted to limit If the engine does not start at the first at-
tempt, return the ignition key to STOP at MAR to prevent pointless
servicing. current absorption from drain-
LIGHTS AND
before repeating starting.

MESSAGES
WARNING
Engine starting is guaranteed up to a min- ing the battery.

imum temperature of -18°C (Italy and If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warn-
Middle Europe) and -20°C (North Eu- ing light Y remains lit together with
rope). warning light U, turn the key to STOP
EMERGENCY
and then back to MAR; if the warning light If you are still unable to start the engine,
IN AN
remains on, try with the other keys pro- perform the emergency start-up proce-
vided with the car. dure (see “Emergency start-up” in section
“In an emergency”) and contact Fiat Deal-
ership.
CAR
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key

at MAR when the engine is off.
We recommend that during

TECHNICAL
the initial period you do not

drive to full car performance
(e.g.: excessive acceleration,
long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-
ing, etc.).
INDEX
136
STARTING PROCEDURE IMPORTANT With cold engine, the ac- IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
FOR DIESEL VERSIONS celerator pedal shall be completely re- at MAR when the engine is off.
leased while turning the ignition key to
Proceed as follows: AVV.
❒ pull up the handbrake; If the engine does not start at the first at-
The warning light m will
❒ set the gear lever to neutral; tempt, return the ignition key to STOP
DEVICES
SAFETY
before repeating starting. flash for 60 seconds at start-
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR. The up or during prolonged crank-
warning lights m and Y on the in- If, when the ignition key is at MAR, warning to signal a fault in the glow
strument panel will turn on; ing light Y on the instrument panel stays plug heating system. You can use the
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
on, turn the key to STOP and then back car as usual if the engine starts but you
❒ wait for the warning lights Y and m to MAR; if the warning light remains on, should contact a Fiat Dealership as
to turn off. The hotter the engine is, the try with the other keys provided with the soon as possible.
quicker this will happen; car.
❒ press the clutch pedal down to the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
If you still cannot start the engine, contact
floor without touching the accelerator; Fiat Dealership.
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon
as warning light m turns off. If you
EMERGENCY
wait too long you will lose the benefit
IN AN
of the work done by the glow plugs. Re-
lease the key as soon as the engine
starts.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
137
HOW TO WARM UP STOPPING THE ENGINE
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD THE ENGINE AFTER IT Turn the ignition to STOP while the en- Remember that the servo-
HAS JUST STARTED gine is idling. brake and power steering
(petrol and diesel engines) are not operational until the engine
IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, you
Proceed as follows: should allow the engine to “catch its has been started, therefore much ef-
fort than usual is required on the
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒Drive off slowly, letting the engine turn breath” before turning it off by letting it
idle to allow the temperature in the en- brake pedal and steering wheel.
at medium revs. Do not accelerate
abruptly; gine compartment to fall.
CORRECT USE
❒Do not drive at full performance for the

OF THE CAR
initial kilometres. Wait until the coolant

temperature gauge starts moving.
Never bump start the engine A quick burst on the acceler-
EMERGENCY START-UP by pushing, towing or coasting ator before turning off the en-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
downhill as this could cause gine serves absolutely no prac-

If the instrument panel warning light Y fuel to flow into the catalytic tical purpose, it wastes fuel
stays on with fixed light, contact Fiat Deal- exhaust system and damage it beyond and is damaging especially to tur-
ership. repair. bocharged engines.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
138
PARKING THE CAR HANDBRAKE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The handbrake lever is located between
Proceed as follows: the two front seats.
❒ Stop the engine and engage the hand- Pull the handbrake lever upwards until the
brake; car cannot be moved.
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Engage a gear (first if the car is faced up- Four or five clicks are generally enough
hill or reverse if it is faced downhill) and when the car is on level ground while nine
leave the wheels steered. or ten may be required if the car is on a
CORRECT USE
steep slope or laden.
OF THE CAR
F0C0059m
Block the wheels with a wedge or a stone fig. 1
if the car is parked on a steep slope. Do IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-
not leave the ignition key at MAR to pre- tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrake When the handbrake lever is pulled up
vent draining the battery. Always remove adjusted. and the ignition key is at MAR, the in-
the key when you leave the car. strument panel warning light x will turn
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
In cars fitted with front armrest, lift the on.
latter so that it does not hinder the hand-
brake engaging procedure. To release the handbrake:
❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press re-
EMERGENCY
lease button A-fig. 1;
IN AN
❒ keep button A pressed and lower the
lever. Warning light x will turn off.
WARNING Press the brake pedal when carrying out
this operation to prevent the car from
CAR
Never leave children unat-
tended in the car. Always removing accidentally.
move the ignition key when leaving
the car and take it out with you.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
139
USING THE MANUAL
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GEARBOX
To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-
al fully and shift the gear lever into one of
DEVICES
SAFETY
the required positions (the diagram is

shown on the knob fig. 2, fig. 3 and fig. 4).
To engage 6th gear (version 1.416V and 1.9
Multijet16V) press the lever to the right to
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0060m F0C0602m
prevent engaging 4th gear by mistake. A fig. 2 fig. 3
similar action is required to shift down
from 6th to 5th. WARNING
IMPORTANT The car can only be put in- To change gears properly
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
to reverse gear when it has stopped mov- you must push the clutch
ing completely. With the engine running, pedal fully down. It is therefore es-
before engaging the reverse, wait at least sential that there is nothing under the
2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully down pedals: make sure the mats are lying
to prevent damage and grating of the flat and do not get in the way of the
EMERGENCY
IN AN
gears. pedals.
To engage reverse R from neutral, lift the F0C0310m
sliding ring A-fig. 2 or B-fig. 3 under the fig. 4
knob and shift the lever to the right and back

(1.416V, 2.416V, 1.616V and Multijet versions).
CAR
For versions 1.816V just shift lever C-fig. 4 Do not drive with your hand
to the right and back. resting on the gear lever as the
force exerted, even if slight,
TECHNICAL
could lead over time to pre-

mature wear on the gearbox internal
components.
INDEX
140
USING THE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
“SELESPEED” GEARBOX
(where provided)
The car may be fitted with a mechanical
DEVICES
SAFETY
transmission with electronic control called
“Selespeed”. This device includes a con-
ventional mechanical gearbox to which an
electronically-operated electro-hydraulic
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0105m F0C0111m
device has been added which controls au- fig. 5 fig. 6
tomatically the clutch and gear engage-
ment. OPERATION Manual mode (MANUAL)
The car moves off using only the acceler- The gearbox can work in two operating In MANUAL mode, the display shows the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ator pedal. modes: gear engaged.
To be able to use the Selespeed correct- ❒ the first mode is manual (MANUAL), The requests to change gear may take
ly, this chapter should be read in full. the driver directly requests gearshift- place through:
ing;
❒ the gear lever A-fig. 5 on the central
EMERGENCY
❒ the second mode is automatic (AUTO),
IN AN
console;
the system directly decides when shift-
ing gear. ❒ the steering wheel controls fig. 6,
which can be operated only when the
On versions fitted with Cruise Control, car speed exceeds 5 km/h.
when activating it, the Selespeed gearbox
CAR
will automatically set in AUTO mode. To It is not necessary to release the acceler-
select the manual mode deactivate the ator pedal when shifting gears.
Cruise Control (see paragraph “Cruise Neutral (N) is accepted until the car speed
Control” in section “Dashboard and con-
TECHNICAL
exceeds 40 km/h. The reverse gear en-
trols”). gagement (R) is accepted only if the car
is stationary.
INDEX
141
In the manual operating mode there are Automatic mode (AUTO)
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD certain automatic/security devices which
This operating mode is selected by press-
simplify driving:
ing button AUTO, on the central console.
❒ when slowing down the clutch is
opened and the transmission ratio is au- In the AUTO operating mode, AUTO is
tomatically reduced to be ready for displayed followed by the indication of the
DEVICES
SAFETY
picking up again; otherwise, when the gear selected.

car is stopped, the gearbox will auto- Releasing the accelerator pedal quickly,
matically be in first gear (1); the system does not engage a higher gear
CORRECT USE
in order to maintain an adequate level of

OF THE CAR
❒ requests to change gear that would take

F0C0010m
fig. 7
the engine to exceed the maximum engine brake.
Such operating mode is set when, with speed or below minimum speed are not The indication on the display of the gear
AUTO mode selected, the button AUTO accepted; selected, can be as follows:
fig. 7 is pressed again, thereby excluding
LIGHTS AND
❒ nif the engine reaches the maximum

MESSAGES
WARNING
the previously selected mode. permissible speed and accelerating con-

When downshifting, the engine is accel- tinues (without the cutting in of the N = neutral;
erated automatically to bring it to the ASR or ESP system), the system auto- 1 = first gear;
speed necessary with the new gear ratio. matically engages a higher gear; ASR or
EMERGENCY
ESP system activation at max speed, 2 = second gear;

IN AN
With the accelerator pedal pressed and gearshifting is inhibited;

gradual engine speed increase, gearshift- 3 = third gear;
ing becomes quicker. ❒ if jamming occurs during gear engage- 4 = fourth gear;
ment, the system firstly tries to engage
the gear required again and, if it is still 5 = fifth gear;

CAR
not possible, it automatically engages

the immediately higher one to avoid R = reverse;
leaving the car in neutral (N).
TECHNICAL
IMPORTANT It is advisable to wait for the

end of a gear shifting operation before re-
questing another one, to avoid multiple re-
quests in rapid succession.
INDEX
142
SYSTEM ACTIVATION MOVING-OFF
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Turning the ignition key to MAR, after With the engine on and the car stationary, After a request to shift gear
about one second, the display shows the the gears that can be engaged for moving with the car stationary, be-
gear engaged (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R): from this off are only first (1), second (2) and/or re- fore pressing the accelerator pedal to
moment onwards, the Selespeed system verse (R). make the car move, the driver must
accepts gearshift commands. always check the display to see that
DEVICES
SAFETY
To engage them it is possible, keeping the
IMPORTANT If after 10 seconds the dis- brake pedal pressed, to use only the the gear engaged is the one required.
play does not show the gear engaged, turn gearshift lever on the central console.
the ignition key to STOP, and wait for the
CORRECT USE
Moving off of the car is obtained releas-
OF THE CAR
display to turn off, then repeat system
switch on. If the fault persists, contact Fi- ing the brake pedal and gradually press-
at Dealership. ing the accelerator pedal.
IMPORTANT If when shifting from re-
IMPORTANT When the driver’s door is With the ASR system off (pressing the verse (R) / first (1) or neutral (N) / first (1)
ASR off button) moving off will be more sticking occurs on the first gear, the sys-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
opened the system starts the hydraulic
part of the system to prepare it for when “brilliant”. tem automatically engages second gear (2).
the engine is started. This is not to be considered as a fault as
IMPORTANT Reverse gear (R) can be en- it is part of the operating logic. For the
gaged from any of the following other same reason, in the case of sticking on re-
gears: neutral (N), first (1) or second (2)
EMERGENCY
verse gear, the system partially closes the
only when the car is stationary.
IN AN
clutch to allow gear engagement; in this
case the engagement of reverse gear (R)
will not be as smooth as usual.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
143
IMPORTANT NOTES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ❒ With the car stopped and a gear en-
gaged always keep the brake pedal
pressed until deciding to move off;
❒ during prolonged halts with the engine
DEVICES
SAFETY
running it is advisable to keep the gear-

box in neutral;
❒ when the car is parked facing uphill, do
CORRECT USE
not use the moving off manoeuvre to

OF THE CAR
F0C00105m F0C0184m
fig. 8 fig. 9
keep the car still; use the brake pedal
and press the accelerator pedal only
when the deciding to move off; Though highly inadvisable, if when travel- GEARSHIFTING
ling downhill for some unexpected reason
❒ use second gear (2) only when more the car is set to neutral (N), when the en-
LIGHTS AND
Through lever
MESSAGES
WARNING
control is needed for moving off ma- gagement of a gear is requested, the sys-
noeuvres at low speed; tem automatically engages the best gear in Gearshifting takes place through the con-
relation to the speed of the car to allow trol lever A-fig. 8, which is of the float-
❒ if, in reverse gear, first (1) gear is en- the correct transmission of torque to the ing type with a “single central stable po-
gaged or vice versa, shift gear only
EMERGENCY
wheels. sition”. It is possible to request an in-

when the car is stopped completely and
IN AN
crease/decrease of the gear ratio engaged

with the brake pedal pressed. When travelling downhill with a gear en- and/or reverse gear engagement (R) or
gaged and the accelerator released (if the neutral (N).
car is moving), beyond a pre-established
speed, the system engages the clutch au- To request gearshifting proceed as follows
fig. 9:
CAR
tomatically to give the car adequate engine

braking. ❒ shift upwards (+) push the lever for-
wards. If the system is in neutral (N) or
in reverse (R) moving the lever for-
TECHNICAL
wards causes the engagement of first

gear (1);
❒ to shift downwards (-) push the lever
backwards.
INDEX
144
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0186m F0C0111m F0C0185m
fig. 10 fig. 11 fig. 12
IMPORTANT Before using the gearshift IMPORTANT Once a gear has been Through steering wheel controls
control lever, always check the gear en- changed it is necessary to immediately re-
gaged on the display (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R). lease the gearshift control lever after mak- They are placed on the steering wheel
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing the request. A manoeuvre prolonged spokes fig. 11 through which, only with
With the engine off and the car stationary (over 10 seconds) will cause the system the car on the move (with speed above 5
it is possible to engage all the gears. to switch automatically to AUTO; every- Km/h), it is possible to shift gear up or
thing stops releasing the gearshift lever. down.
With the car stopped and the brake ped-
EMERGENCY
al pressed, requests to change gear are ac- IMPORTANT When parking the car on If during operation in the automatic mode
IN AN
cepted only through the control lever on a sloping road and engaging a gear to keep (AUTO) a request to change gear is made,
the centre console. it braked, always check that the display this is performed without switching the
shows the new gear engaged and wait for operating mode.
From any gear (N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) and with
the car practically stationary, it is possi- one or two seconds before releasing the To allow setting to neutral (N), (with the
CAR
ble to request the engagement of reverse brake pedal to allow complete engage- car stationary and brake pedal pressed),
gear pushing the lever to the right and ment of the clutch. move the gearshift lever to the right
then backwards fig. 10. If the car is mov- fig. 12.
ing, the request is not accepted. Wait for
TECHNICAL
the car to stop and then request gear en-
gagement again.
INDEX
145
ENGINE STARTING SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD The engine can be started either with a AND SYSTEM DEACTIVATION
If the engine fails to start
gear engaged or with the gearbox in neu- Turning the ignition key to STOP the en- with the gear engaged, the
tral (N). gine turns off. driver is informed of the potentially
After starting, the gearbox sets to neutral dangerous situation (due to the fact
The gear selected before switching off the that the gearbox is in neutral) by the
DEVICES
SAFETY
automatically, the display shows the letter engine remains engaged.

N and the system selects last operating buzzer.
mode (MANUAL or AUTO) before If the engine is stopped with the gearbox
switching off. in neutral (N), letter N flashing on the dis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
play calls the driver’s attention so that the

IMPORTANT With gear engaged, fully de- car can be put in safety conditions engag-
press the brake pedal to allow engine ing first gear (1) or reverse (R).
starting.
In this case, the ignition key should be
turned to MAR and, with the brake ped-
LIGHTS AND
WARNING
MESSAGES
WARNING
al pressed, engage first gear (1) or reverse NEVER leave the car with
(R). the gear in neutral (N).
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
146
IMPORTANT If the engine is stopped with FAILURE INDICATIONS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
the AUTO mode engaged, this will be
stored by the system. Indeed, the next Failures of the Selespeed gearbox are Never remove the ignition
time the engine is started, this condition shown by warning light t on the in- key when the car is moving.
will still be active. strument panel, together with the relevant In addition to the fact that the Sele-
message (see section “Warning lights and speed system would not work prop-
IMPORTANT Should the engine go off messages”). erly up to stopping the car, the steer-
DEVICES
SAFETY
with the car on the move, the next time ing wheel would lock automatically
it is started the warning light Y may In case of system failure:
the first time it is turned.
come on. In this case check that the warn- ❒ a buzzer will sound;
ing light Y goes off turning the engine off
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
and on again with the car stationary. If not, ❒ where provided, the AUTO mode will
contact Fiat Dealership. be engaged automatically to make it
possible to reach the nearest Fiat Deal-
ership and have the fault eliminated.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
In the case of a fault, the system only al- It is absolutely necessary to
lows the engagement of first gear (1), sec- turn off the engine and then
ond gear (2) and reverse (R). turn off the Selespeed system keep-
ing the brake pedal pressed: ONLY
EMERGENCY
release the pedal when the display on
IN AN
the instrument panel has gone out.
CAR
WARNING
In the event of a gearbox
TECHNICAL
fault (to any component),
contact Fiat Dealership as soon as
possible to have the system checked
over.
INDEX
147
BUZZER WARNINGS STOPPING THE CAR PARKING THE CAR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD The buzzer is activated when: To stop the car, simply release the accel- To park the car safely it is absolutely nec-
erator pedal and, if necessary press the essary to engage first gear (1) or reverse
❒ reverse gear is engaged (R); brake pedal. (R) and also the handbrake if the car is on
❒ clutch overheating occurs when mov- Regardless of the gear engaged and the op-
a slope.
DEVICES
ing off (in this case it is necessary to

SAFETY
erating mode activated (MANUAL or AU- When turning off the engine with the car
“force” start-up without hesitation or, TO) the system automatically disengages on an uphill slope and a gear engaged, it
if the car is on a slope, release the ac- the clutch and shifts to a lower gear. is absolutely necessary to wait for the dis-
celerator and use the brake pedal to play showing the gear engaged to go off
CORRECT USE
stop the car); Stopping the car the system automatical-

OF THE CAR
before releasing the brake pedal.

ly engages the first gear (1).
❒ an attempt is made to start the engine If the gearbox is in neutral (N) and want-
with a gear engaged and the brake ped- ing to engage a parking gear, the system
al is not pressed completely; should be activated and with the foot on
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Still for safety reasons, when the car is sta- the brake pedal it is necessary to engage
tionary, with engine started gear engaged, first gear (1) or reverse (R).
the system activates the buzzer and au-
tomatically shifts to neutral (N) when: TOWING THE CAR
EMERGENCY
❒ no action is made on the accelerator See the instructions contained in para-

IN AN
and/or brake pedal for at least 3 min- graph “Towing the car” in section “In an
utes; emergency”.
❒ the brake is pressed for over 10 min-
utes;
CAR
❒ the driver’s door is opened and no ac-

tion is made on the accelerator and
brake by at least 2 seconds;
TECHNICAL
❒ a gearbox failure has been detected.

INDEX
148
CONTAINING Roof rack/ski rack Climate control
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
RUNNING COSTS Remove the roof rack or the ski rack from The air conditioner is an additional load
the roof as soon as they are no longer which greatly affects the engine leading to
Here are some suggestions which may used. These accessories lower air pene- higher consumption (on average up to
help you to keep the running costs of your tration and adversely affect consumption +20%). When the temperature outside
levels. When needing to carry particular- the car permits it, use the air vents where
DEVICES
SAFETY
car down and lower the amount of toxic
emissions released into the atmosphere. ly voluminous objects, preferably use a possible.
trailer.
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS Spoilers
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Electric devices
The use of non-certified aerodynamic
Car maintenance Use electric devices only for the amount items may adversely affect air drag and
Have checks and adjustments carried out of time needed. Rear heated window, ad- consumption levels.
in accordance with the “Service schedule”. ditional headlights, windscreen wipers and
heater fan need a considerable amount of
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
energy, therefore increasing the require-
Tyres ment of current increases fuel consump-
Check the pressure of the tyres routine- tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).
ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:
EMERGENCY
if the pressure is too low, consumption
IN AN
levels increase as resistance to rolling is
higher.
Unnecessary loads
CAR
Do not travel with too much luggage
stowed in the boot. The weight of the car
(especially when driving in town) and its
trim greatly affects consumption and sta-
TECHNICAL
bility.
INDEX
149
DRIVING STYLE Top speed CONDITIONS OF USE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD Fuel consumption considerably increases
Starting with speed. Avoid superfluous braking and Cold starting
Do not warm the engine with the car at accelerating, which cost in terms of both Short journeys and frequent cold starts do
a standstill or at idle or high speed: under fuel and emissions. not allow the engine to reach optimum
DEVICES
SAFETY
these conditions the engine warms up operating temperature. This results in a

much more slowly, increasing electrical Acceleration significant increase in consumption levels
consumption and emissions. It is therefore (from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)
advisable to move off immediately, slow- Accelerating violently increasing the revs and emission of harmful substances.
will greatly affect consumption and emis-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ly, avoiding high speeds. This way the en-

gine will warm faster. sions: acceleration should be gradual and
should not exceed the maximum torque. Traffic situations and road
conditions
Unnecessary actions
Rather high consumption levels are tied to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
Avoid accelerating when waiting at traffic

WARNING
situations with heavy traffic, for example

lights or before switching off the engine. in queues with frequent use of the lower
This and also double declutching is ab- gears or in cities with many traffic lights.
solutely pointless on modern cars and al- Also winding mountain roads and rough
so increase consumption and pollution. road surfaces adversely affect consump-
EMERGENCY
tion.
IN AN
Gear selection
As soon as the conditions of the traffic and Traffic hold-ups
road allow, use a higher gear. Using a low
During prolonged hold-ups (traffic lights,

gear to obtain brilliant performance in- level crossings) the engine should be
CAR
creases consumption. switched off.

In the same way improper use of a high
gear increases consumption, emissions an
TECHNICAL
engine wear.
INDEX
150
TOWING TRAILERS The weight the trailer exerts on the car INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
tow hook reduces by the same amount
the actual car loading capacity. To make The towing device should be fastened to
IMPORTANT NOTES sure the maximum towable weight is not the body by specialised personnel ac-
exceeded (given in the log book) account cording to any additional and/or integra-
For towing caravans or trailers the car should be taken of the fully laden trailer, tive information supplied by the Manufac-
must be fitted with a certified tow hook turer of the device.
DEVICES
SAFETY
including accessories and personal be-
and an adequate electric system. Installa- longings.
tion should be carried out by specialised
personnel who release a special document Do not exceed the speed limits of the
for circulation on the road.
CORRECT USE
country you are driving in. In any case do
OF THE CAR
not exceed 100 km/h.
Install any specific and/or additional rear- WARNING
view mirrors as specified by law.
The ABS system with which
Remember that when towing a trailer, the car may be fitted does
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
steep hills are harder to climb, the brak- not control the trailer braking system.
ing spaces increase and overtaking takes Drive with extreme care on slippery
longer depending on the overall weight. roadbeds.
Engage a low gear when driving downhill,
EMERGENCY
rather than constantly using the brake.
IN AN
WARNING
Under no circumstances
CAR
should the car brake system
be altered to control the trailer brake.
The trailer braking system must be
fully independent of the car hydraulic
TECHNICAL
system.
INDEX
151
The towing device must meet current reg- Assembly diagram fig. 13-14 IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten a
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ulations with reference to 94/20/EC Di-
The tow hook structure must be fastened
label (plainly visible) of suitable size and
rective and subsequent amendments. material with the following wording:
in the points shown by the symbol Ø us-
For any version the towing device used ing a total of 6 M10 screws. MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg
must match the towable weight of the car
on which it is to be installed. Counterplates ➀ shall have a 4 mm min After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed to
DEVICES
SAFETY
thickness. prevent exhaust gas inlet.

IMPORTANT Supplementary electric
loads other than external lights (e.g. elec- Counterplates ➁ shall have a 6 mm min
tric brake, electric winch, etc.) shall be thickness.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
used with running engine. The hook should be fastened to the body
avoiding any type of drilling and trimming
of the rear bumpers that remains visible
when the hook is removed.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
152
Existing Existing
hole hole
Rear axle
fig. 13 - Saloon versions

Full load
tow ball
Standard
F0C0249m
Rear axle
Existing Existing
hole hole
fig. 14 - Multi Wagon versions
Full load
tow ball
Standard
F0C0434m
INDEX TECHNICAL CAR IN AN WARNING CORRECT USE SAFETY DASHBOARD

153
SPECIFICATIONS MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND OF THE CAR DEVICES AND CONTROLS
MESSAGES
SNOW TYRES Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD mal conditions of use or on long motor-
way journeys, the performance of these The max speed for snow
Use snow tyres of the same size as the tyres with “Q” marking is
normal tyres provided with the car. tyres is lower than that of normal tyres. It
is therefore necessary to limit their use to 160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T”
Fiat Dealership will be glad to provide ad- the purposes for which they are certified. marking and 210 km/h for tyres with
H marking. The Road Traffic Code
DEVICES
SAFETY
vice concerning the most suitable type of

tyre for the customer’s requirements. IMPORTANT When snow tyres are used speed limits must however be always
with a max speed index below the one strictly observed.
For the type of tyre to be used, inflation that can be reached by the car (increased
pressures and the specifications of snow
CORRECT USE
by 5%), place a notice in the passenger

OF THE CAR
tyres, follow the instructions given in para- compartment, plainly in the driver’s view
graph “Wheels” in section “Technical which states the max permissible speed of
specifications”. the snow tyres (as per EC Directive).
The winter features of these tyres are re- All four tyres should be the same (brand
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
duced considerably when the tread depth and track) to ensure greater safety when
is below 4 mm. In this case, they should driving and braking and better driveabili-
be replaced. ty.
Remember that it is inappropriate to
EMERGENCY
change the direction of rotation of tyres.

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
154
SNOW CHAINS IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, if Keep your speed
a front (drive) wheel is punctured and down when snow
Use of snow chains should be in compli- chains are fitted. Do
ance with local regulations. chains are needed, a rear wheel should be
fitted to the front of the car and the spare not exceed 50 Km/h. Avoid
Snow chains should only be applied to the wheel should be fitted to the rear. potholes, steps and pavements and
avoid also to drive for long distances on
DEVICES
SAFETY
driving wheels (front wheels).
This way with two normal drive wheels, roads not covered with snow to prevent
Check the tension of the chains after the snow chains can be fitted to them to solve damaging the car and the roadbed.
first few metres have been driven. an emergency.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Use snow chains with reduced size: on IMPORTANT Snow chains may not be
tyres 195/65 R15” and 205/55 R16” use used on tyres type 215/45 R17 87W since
snow chains with reduced size with max interference can be generated with the
protrusion beyond the tyre profile of 9 surrounding components.
mm.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
155
CAR INACTIVITY ❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD windscreen and rear window wiper the electronic car alarm with the remote
If the car is to be left inactive for longer blades and lift them off the glass; control.
than a month, the following precautions ❒ slightly open the windows;
should be noted:
❒ cover the car with a cloth or perforat-
❒ park the car in covered, dry and if pos-
DEVICES
SAFETY
ed plastic sheet. Do not use sheets of

sible well-ventilated premises; non-perforated plastic as they do not
❒ engage a gear; allow moisture on the car body to
evaporate;
CORRECT USE
❒ check that the handbrake is not en-

OF THE CAR
gaged; ❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above the nor-

mal specified pressure and check it at
❒ disconnect battery terminals (first dis- intervals;
connect the negative terminal) and
❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery from
LIGHTS AND
check the battery charge. This check

MESSAGES
WARNING
is to be repeated every three months the electric system, check its charge
when the car is left inactive. Recharge every month and recharge it if the op-
if the optical indicator shows a dark tical indicator shows a dark colour
colour without the central green area; without the central green area;
EMERGENCY
❒ clean and protect the painted parts us- ❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
IN AN
ing protective wax;

❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts
using special compounds readily avail-

able.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
156
WA R N I N G L I G H T S A N D M E S S A G E S
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL WARNINGS ...................................................... 158 INEFFICIENT ABS SYSTEM ................................................. 166
LOW BRAKE FLUID.............................................................. 158 INEFFICIENT EBD
DEVICES
SAFETY
HANDBRAKE ON ................................................................. 158 (ELECTRONIC BRAKING DISTRIBUTOR) .................. 166
BRAKE PAD WEAR............................................................... 158
CAR PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE -
AIR BAG FAILURE ................................................................. 159 FIAT CODE.............................................................................. 167
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
FRONT PASSENGER’S AIR BAG DEACTIVATED....... 159
ALARM FAILURE ................................................................... 167
REAR SIDE BAGS DEACTIVATED .................................. 160
SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED........................................... 160 BREAK-IN ATTEMPT ........................................................... 167
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
LOW BATTERY CHARGE .................................................. 160 EXTERNAL LIGHT FAILURE .............................................. 167
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE........................................... 161 REAR FOGLIGHTS ................................................................ 167
EXHAUST OIL ....................................................................... 161
FRONT FOG LIGHTS........................................................... 167
EMERGENCY
SELESPEED TRANSMISSION FAILURE............................ 161
IN AN
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR ........................ 168
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
FAILURE .................................................................................... 162 RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION INDICATOR .................... 168
HIGH TEMPERATURE ENGINE COOLANT FLUID... 162
SIDELIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ...................................... 168
INCOMPLETE DOOR LOCKING..................................... 163
CAR
FOLLOW ME HOME ............................................................ 168
GENERIC FAILURE INDICATION .................................. 163
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER CLOGGED................... 163 MAIN BEAMS........................................................................... 168
TECHNICAL
FUEL RESERVE......................................................................... 164 CRUISE CONTROL............................................................... 168
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE (EOBD) ......... 164 POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE ON THE ROAD............ 168
ESP SYSTEM ............................................................................ 165
LIMITED RANGE ................................................................... 168
GLOW PLUG WARMING FAILURE ................................ 165
INDEX
GLOW PLUGS ........................................................................ 165 ASR SYSTEM ........................................................................... 168
WATER IN DIESEL FUEL FILTER ...................................... 166 SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED ................................................... 168
157
WARNING LIGHTS LOW BRAKE Handbrake on
AND CONTROLS x
DASHBOARD FLUID LEVEL (red)
AND MESSAGES The warning light turns on when the hand-
HANDBRAKE ON (red) brake is on.
GENERAL WARNINGS Turning the ignition key to MAR the If the car is moving, a buzzer will also
warning light turns on, but it should go off sound.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Turning on of warning light is accompa- after few seconds.

nied by specific message and/or by buzzer IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on
sound where provided by instrument pan- when travelling, check that the handbrake
el. These indications are concise and Low brake fluid level is not engaged.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
cautionary and shall not be considered The warning light turns on when the lev-
as exhaustive and/or as an alternative to el of the brake fluid in the reservoir falls
the specifications contained in this Own- below the minimum level, due to possi- BRAKE PAD
d
er Handbook which shall always be read ble leak in the circuit.
through carefully and thoroughly. In case WEAR (red)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
of failure indication always refer to the The display will show the dedicated mes-
specifications contained in this sec- sage.
The warning light turns on when the
tion. front brake pads are worn; in this case
IMPORTANT Failure indications displayed have them changed as soon as possible.
EMERGENCY
are divided into two categories: very se- WARNING

IN AN
rious and less serious failures. The display will show the dedicated mes-
If the warning light x turns sage.
Very serious failures are indicated by a on when travelling (together
repeated and prolonged warning “cycle”. with the message on the display) stop IMPORTANT Since the car is fitted with
the car immediately and contact Fiat wear sensors for the front brake pads,
Less serious failures are indicated by a Dealership. when changing them, check also the rear
CAR
limited warning “cycle”. brake pads.

The warning cycle of both failure classes
can be stopped by pressing button
TECHNICAL
MODE. The instrument panel warning

light will stay on until eliminating the fault.
INDEX
158
AIR BAG FAILURE (red) FRONT PASSENGER’S
AND CONTROLS
¬ WARNING
F
DASHBOARD
AIR BAG
The failure of the warning
Turning the ignition key to light ¬ (warning light off) is DEACTIVATED
MAR the warning light turns on, also indicated by the flashing for (amber)
but it should go off after few seconds. more than the normal 4 seconds of Warning light F will come on when de-
the passenger’s front air bag deacti-
DEVICES
SAFETY
The warning light stays on permanently if activating the passenger front air bag. With
vated warning light F. passenger front air bag active, turning the
there is a failure in the air bag system. The
display will show the dedicated message. ignition key to MAR, warning light F will
turn on with fixed light for about 4 sec-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
onds and then it will flash for other 4 sec-
onds. It shall then go off.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
WARNING
MESSAGES
WARNING
If when turning the ignition
key to MAR, the warning Warning light F indicates
light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays also warning light ¬ failures.
on when travelling (together with the This is indicated by intermittent flash-
ing, over 4 seconds, of warning light
EMERGENCY
message on the display) there could
F. In this event warning light ¬ in-
IN AN
be a failure in safety systems; in this
event air bags or pretensioners could dicates that there could be a failure
not trigger in case of impact or, in a in safety systems. Contact Fiat Deal-
minor number of cases, they could ership immediately to have the sys-
trigger accidentally. Contact Fiat tem checked.
CAR
Dealership immediately to have the
system checked.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
159
REAR SIDE BAGS SEAT BELTS NOT LOW BATTERY
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
À DEACTIVATED
(where provided)
(amber)
< FASTENED (red)
The warning light turns on
w CHARGE (red)
Turning the ignition key to
glowing steadily with car station- MAR the warning light turns on,
Warning light À turns on when rear side ary and driver’s seat belt not fastened cor- but it should go out as soon as the engine
DEVICES
rectly. The warning light will turn on flash- is started (with the engine running at idle
SAFETY
bags are deactivated.

ing together with the buzzer when, with speed a brief delay in going out is allowed).
With rear side bags on, turning the igni- car moving, the driver’s seat belt is not fas-
tion key to MAR, warning light À will tened correctly. If the warning light stays on glowing steadi-
turn on with fixed light for about 4 sec- ly or flashing, contact immediately Fiat
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
onds and then it will flash for other 4 sec- The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer Dealership.
onds. It shall then go off. can only be excluded by Fiat Dealership.
The system can be reactivated through the
set-up menu.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
160
LOW ENGINE OIL Exhaust oil SELESPEED
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
v PRESSURE (red) (Multijet versions with DPF) t TRANSMISSION
The warning light with turn on flashing FAILURE (red)
EXHAUST OIL (red)
(Multijet versions with DPF) when the system detects that the engine Turning the ignition key to MAR
oil is exhaust. the warning light turns on, but it should go
DEVICES
out as soon as the engine is started.
SAFETY
Low engine oil pressure After the first indication, at each engine
Turning the ignition key to MAR the starting the warning light v will go on The warning light with turn on flashing (to-
warning light turns on, but it should go out flashing for about 1 minute and then every gether with the message on the display)
2 hours until oil is changed. when there is a failure in the Selespeed
CORRECT USE
as soon as the engine is started.
OF THE CAR
The display will show the dedicated mes- transmission.
The display will show the dedicated mes-
sage. sage.
WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
In the event of Selespeed
transmission failure, go as
soon as possible to the nearest Fiat
If the warning light v turns If warning light v flashes, Dealership and have the system
on when the car is travelling contact Fiat Dealership as
EMERGENCY
checked.
IN AN
(together with the message on soon as possible to have oil
the display), stop the engine changed and instrument pan-
immediately and contact a Fiat Deal- el warning light turned off.
ership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
161
“DUALDRIVE” HIGH TEMPERATURE ❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing trailer
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
g ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING FAILURE
(red)
ç ENGINE COOLANT
FLUID (red)
uphill of fully laden car): decrease speed,
if the warning light stays on, stop the
car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutes leaving the
Turning the ignition key to MAR engine on and slightly accelerated to
Turning the ignition key to MAR the the warning light turns on, but it should go further activate the circulation of the
DEVICES
off after few seconds.

SAFETY
warning light turns on, but it should go off coolant fluid, then switch the engine off.
after few seconds. The warning light turns on when the en- Check proper coolant level as de-
If the warning light stays on, you will not gine is overheated. scribed previously.
have steering assistance and the effort on
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT Under severe use of the

OF THE CAR
If the warning light comes on when dri-

the steering wheel will be increased, steer- ving, proceed as follows: car, keep the engine on and slightly accel-
ing is however possible. Contact Fiat Deal- erated for few minutes before switching it
ership. ❒ normal driving conditions: stop the off.
car, switch off the engine and check
The display will show the dedicated mes- The display will show the dedicated mes-
LIGHTS AND
whether the water level in the reser-

MESSAGES
WARNING
sage. voir is not below the MIN mark. Oth- sage.

erwise wait for few seconds to allow
engine cooling, then open slowly and
carefully the cap, top up coolant and
EMERGENCY
check whether its level is falling be-

IN AN
tween MIN and MAX marks in the

reservoir. Check visually any leak and if
when restarting the warning light
comes on again, contact a Fiat Dealer-

ship.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
162
è
INCOMPLETE DOOR GENERIC FAILURE DIESEL PARTICULATE
AND CONTROLS
´
DASHBOARD
LOCKING (red) INDICATION h FILTER CLOGGED
The warning light turns on (amber) (amber)
when one or more doors, the The warning light turns on in the (Multijet versions)
boot or the bonnet are not properly shut. following circumstances. The warning light turns on when the diesel
DEVICES
SAFETY
The display will show the dedicated mes- particulate filter is clogged and the driving
sage. Inertial fuel cut-off switch conditions do not enable to activate au-
intervened tomatically the reclaiming procedure.
The buzzer will sound when one or more
To enable the cleaning procedure, keep
CORRECT USE
The warning light turns on when the in-
OF THE CAR
doors are open and the car is moving.
ertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered. The the car running until the warning light
display will show the dedicated message. turns off.
Sensor failure The display will show the dedicated mes-
sage.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The warning light turns on when a fault
is detected to one of the following sensors
(where provided):
❒ window anti-pinch sensors;
EMERGENCY
❒ engine oil pressure sensor;
IN AN
❒ twilight sensor;
❒ rain sensor;
❒ parking sensors;
CAR
sage (excluding in the event of engine oil
pressure sensor failure).
TECHNICAL
Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-
ble to have the fault removed.
INDEX
163
FUEL RESERVE ENGINE CONTROL The warning light turns off if the fault dis-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ç (amber)
U SYSTEM FAILURE
(EOBD) (amber)
appears, but it is still stored by the system.
❒ flashing: indicates the possibility of dam-
MAR the warning light turns on, In normal conditions, turning the age to the catalyst (see “EOBD system”
but it should go off after few seconds. ignition key to MAR, the warning light in section “Dashboard and controls”).
DEVICES
turns on, but it should go off when the en-

SAFETY
The warning light turns on when about 8 If the light flashes, it is necessary to release
litres fuel are left in the tank. The display gine has started. The initial turning on in- the accelerator pedal to lower the speed
will show the dedicated message. dicates that the warning light is working of the engine until the warning light stops
properly. If the warning light stays on or flashing; continue the journey at moder-
CORRECT USE
turns on when travelling:

OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT The warning light flashes to ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-
indicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealership
as soon as possible to have the system ❒ glowing steadily: means a fault in the sup- tions that may cause further flashing and
ply/ignition system which could cause contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-
checked. ble.
high emissions at the exhaust, possible
lack of performance, poor handling and
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
high consumption levels.

sage.
EMERGENCY
In these conditions it is possible to con- If, turning the ignition key to

IN AN
tinue driving without however requiring MAR, the warning light U

heavy effort or high speed from the en- does not turn on or if it turns
gine. Prolonged use of the car with the on glowing steadily or flashing
warning light on may cause damages. Con- when travelling, contact Fiat Dealer-
tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. ship. Warning light U operation can
CAR
be checked by traffic agents by prop-

er equipments, therefore comply with
laws and regulations of the country
where you are driving.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
164
ESP SYSTEM (amber) GLOW PLUG Glow plug warming failure
AND CONTROLS
á
DASHBOARD
Turning the ignition key to m WARMING FAILURE
(Multijet versions)
The warning light flashes when there is a
MAR the warning light turns failure in the glow plug warming system.
on, but it should go off after few (amber) Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-
seconds. GLOW PLUGS ble.
DEVICES
SAFETY
If the warning light does not turn off or (Multijet versions) The display will show the dedicated mes-
stays on when travelling together with the (amber) sage.
button led ASR, contact Fiat Dealership.
Glow plug warming
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
sage. Turning the ignition key to MAR the
Disconnecting the battery will make the warning light turns on and it will go off
warning light turn on (together with the when glow plugs reach the preset tem-
message on the display) to indicate that perature. Start the engine immediately af-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
the system shall be realigned. To make the ter warning light turning off.
warning light turn off carry out the initial- IMPORTANT With hot ambient temper-
isation procedure described at paragraph ature, warning light stays on for very short
“ESP system” in section “Dashboard and time.
EMERGENCY
controls”.
IN AN
Warning light flashing when driving indi-
cates that the ESP system is active.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
165
WATER IN DIESEL INEFFICIENT ABS INEFFICIENT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
c FUEL FILTER
(Multijet versions) > SYSTEM (amber)
x > EBD
(ELECTRONIC
(amber) MAR the warning light turns on, BRAKING
Turning the ignition key to MAR the but it should go off after few seconds. DISTRIBUTOR) (red) (amber)
DEVICES
SAFETY
warning light turns on, but it should go off The warning light turns on when the sys-
after few seconds. The turning on at the same time of warn-
tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this case ing lights x and > with the engine run-
The warning light turns on when there is the braking system keeps its effectiveness ning indicates an EBD system failure or
water in the diesel fuel filter. unchanged, but without the potential of- that the system is unavailable; in this case
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
fered by the ABS system. heavy braking may cause the rear wheels
sage. Caution is advisable and it is necessary to to lock before time, with the possibility of
contact Fiat Dealership. skidding.
The display will show the dedicated mes- Drive with the utmost care to the near-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
sage. est Fiat Dealership to have the system

The presence of water in the checked.
fuel circuit may cause serious
damage to the entire injection The display will show the dedicated mes-
system and cause irregular en- sage.
EMERGENCY
gine operation. If the warning light c

IN AN
turns on (together with the message on

the display), contact Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible to have the system re-
lieved. If the above indications come on

CAR
immediately after refuelling, water has

probably been poured into the tank:
turn the engine off immediately and
contact Fiat Dealership.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
166
CAR PROTECTION Alarm failure (where provided) EXTERNAL LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
Y W
DASHBOARD
SYSTEM FAILURE-FIAT The turning on of the warning light indi- FAILURE (amber)
CODE (amber) cates a failure in the alarm system. Con- The warning light turns on
ALARM FAILURE tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. when one of the following lights
(where provided) (amber) The display will show the dedicated mes- is failing:
DEVICES
SAFETY
BREAK-IN ATTEMPT sage. ❒ side/taillights
(amber) ❒ brake lights or relevant fuse
Break-in attempt
❒ rear fog lights
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Car protection system failure The turning on of the warning light indi-
cates an attempt of break-in. Contact Fi- ❒ direction indicators
Turning the key to MAR the warning light at Dealership as soon as possible.
shall flash only once and then go off. ❒ number plate lights.
The turning on of the warning light glow- The failure referring to these lights could
LIGHTS AND
sage.
MESSAGES
WARNING
ing steadily, with the ignition key at MAR, be: one or more blown bulbs, a blown
indicates a probable failure (see “Fiat Code protection fuse or an electric connection
system” in section “Dashboard and con- cut-off.
trols”).
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT The turning on at the same sage.
IN AN
time of the U and Y warning lights in-
dicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system.
If with the engine running the warning light REAR FOG LIGHTS
Y flashes (together with the message on
4 (amber)
CAR
the display), this means that the car is not
protected by the engine immobilising de- The warning light turns on
vice (see “Fiat Code system” in section when the rear fog lights are
“Dashboard and controls”). Contact Fiat turned on.
TECHNICAL
Dealership to have all the keys memo-
rised. FRONT FOG LIGHTS
5 (green)
The warning light turns on
INDEX
when the front fog lights are
turned on.
167
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION Follow me home POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICE
AND CONTROLS F
DASHBOARD INDICATOR The warning light turns on when activat- ON THE ROAD
(green - intermittent) ing the “Follow me home” device (see sec- The outside temperature indication starts
The warning light turns on when tion “Dashboard and controls”). The dis- flashing and symbol ❄ appears on the dis-
the direction indicator stalk is moved play will show the dedicated message. play when the outside temperature reach-
DEVICES
downwards or, together with the right in- es or falls below 3°C to warn the driver
SAFETY
dicator, when the hazard warning light of the possible presence of ice on the
button is pressed. road.
MAIN BEAMS (blue) The display will show the dedicated mes-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1 The warning light turns on

when the main beams are
sage.
RIGHT-HAND LIMITED RANGE

D
turned on.
DIRECTION INDICATOR
LIGHTS AND
(green - intermittent)
MESSAGES
WARNING
sage to warn the driver that the cruising

The warning light turns on when range is less than 50 km.
the direction indicator stalk is moved up-
CRUISE CONTROL
Ü
wards or, together with the left indicator, ASR SYSTEM
(where provided) (green)
EMERGENCY
when the hazard warning light button is

The ASR system can be turned off by
IN AN
pressed. Turning the ignition key to pressing the ASR button. The display will
MAR the warning light turns on, show the dedicated message to warn the
but it should go off after few seconds. driver that the system is off; at the same
The warning light turns on when turning time the button led will turn on.
SIDELIGHTS AND
CAR
the Cruise Control knurled ring to ON. Pressing again the ASR button will turn off
3 LOW BEAMS (green)
The display will show the dedicated mes- the button led and the display will show
FOLLOW ME HOME sage. the dedicated message to warn the dri-
ver that the system is active again.
TECHNICAL
Side/taillights and low beams

The warning light turns on when side/tail- SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED
lights, parking lights or low beams are The warning light turns on when the car
turned on. exceeds the speed limit set previously (see
INDEX
“Multifunction Display” in section “Dash-

board and controls”). The display will
show the dedicated message.
168
IN AN EMERGENCY
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ENGINE STARTING.............................................................. 170
IF A TYRE IS PUNCTURED ................................................ 171
DEVICES
SAFETY
QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT FIX & GO automatic ......... 177
WHEN NEEDING TO CHANGE A BULB .................... 181
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT .......................... 184
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT BURNS OUT........................... 192
IF A FUSE BLOWS ................................................................. 196
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT ................................................... 205
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
JACKING THE CAR .............................................................. 206
TOWING THE CAR ............................................................ 206
FIRE EXTINGUISHER ........................................................... 208
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
169
ENGINE STARTING
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Do not carry out this proce-
JUMP STARTING dure if you lack experience;
if it is not done correctly it can cause
If the battery is flat, it is possible to start very intense electrical discharges. In
the engine using an auxiliary battery with addition, the fluid contained in the
DEVICES
SAFETY
the same capacity or a little higher than battery is poisonous and corrosive.
the flat one. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. You
Proceed as follows fig. 1: are also advised not to put naked
CORRECT USE
flames or lighted cigarettes near the

OF THE CAR
F0C0194m
fig. 1
❒ Connect positive terminals (+ near the battery and not to cause sparks.
terminal) of the two batteries with a
jump lead; IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the
negative terminals of the two batteries:
❒ With a second lead, connect the nega- sparks could ignite the flammable gas from
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tive terminal (–) of the auxiliary battery the battery. If the other battery is fitted in
and to an earthing point E on the en- another car, prevent accidental contacts BUMP STARTING
gine or the gearbox of the car to be between the metal parts of the two cars.
started; Never bump start the engine (by pushing,
towing, or coasting downhill) as this could
EMERGENCY
❒ Start the engine; cause fuel to flow into the catalytic ex-
IN AN
❒ When the engine has been started, re- haust system and damage it beyond repair.
move the leads reversing the order IMPORTANT Remember that the servo-
above.
brake and electrical power steering sys-

Under no circumstances tem are not operating until the engine is
CAR
If after a few attempts the engine does not

start, do not insist but contact the near- should a battery charger be started, a greater effort will therefore be
est Fiat Dealership. used to start the engine: it required to press the brake pedal or turn
could damage the electronic the steering wheel.
systems and in particular the ignition
TECHNICAL
and injection control units.

IINDEX
170
IF A TYRE IS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
PUNCTURED The space-saver spare wheel When driving with a space-
(where provided) is specific saver spare wheel fitted, the
to your car, do not use it on other driving performance of the car
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS models, or use the spare wheel of oth- changes. Avoid accelerating or brak-
er models on your car. The space- ing sharply, abrupt turns or fast cor-
DEVICES
SAFETY
Wheel changing and correct use of the
jack and space-saver spare wheel call for saver spare wheel shall only be used nerings. The life of the spare wheel
some precautions as listed below. in an emergency. It shall only be used is approx. 3000 Km, after this dis-
for the distance necessary to reach a tance it should be replaced with an-
CORRECT USE
IMPORTANT If the car is fitted with “Fix service point and the car speed shall other of the same type. Never at-
OF THE CAR
& Go (quick tyre repair kit)”, see the rel- not exceed 80 Km/h. The spare wheel tempt to fit a conventional tyre on a
evant instructions in the following chap- has an orange sticker that summaris- rim designed for use as a space-saver
ter. es the main cautions for use and lim- spare wheel. Have the punctured
itations. The sticker should never be wheel repaired and refitted as soon
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
removed or covered. Never fit a wheel as possible. Two or more space-saver
WARNING
cap on a space-saver spare wheel. spare wheels should never be used to-
The sticker gives the following infor- gether. Do not grease the threads of
WARNING mation in four languages: caution! For bolts before installing them: they
temporary use only! 80 km/h max! might slip out.
EMERGENCY
Alert other drivers that the Replace by normal wheel as soon as
IN AN
car is stationary in compli- possible. Do not cover this label.
ance with local regulations: hazard
warning lights, warning triangle, etc.
Any passengers on board should leave
the car, especially if it is heavily laden.
CAR
Passengers should stay away from on-
coming traffic while the wheel is be-
ing changed. If parked on a slope or
rough surface, chock the wheels with
TECHNICAL
wedges or other suitable devices to
prevent the car from rolling.
INDEX
171
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
The jack shall only be used Fasten the wheel cap cor-
for changing wheels on the rectly to prevent the wheel
car with which it is provided or on from coming free in motion. Never
cars of the same model. It must not tamper with the inflation valve. Nev-
be used for other purposes such as for er place tools between the rim and
DEVICES
SAFETY
instance raising cars of other models. tyre. Check and restore, if required,
In no case should it be used for repairs the pressure of tyres and spare wheel
under the car. Incorrect positioning to the values given in section “Tech-
CORRECT USE
of the jack may cause the jacked car nical specifications”.

OF THE CAR
F0C0084m
fig. 2
to fall. Do not use the jack for high-
er capacities than stated on its label.
Snow chains cannot be fitted to the To change a wheel proceed as follows:
space-saver spare wheel. So, if a front ❒ Stop the car is a position that is not
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(drive) wheel is punctured and chains dangerous for oncoming traffic where
are needed, a rear wheel should be you can change the wheel safely. The
fitted to the front of the car and the Please note: ground should be flat and adequately
spare wheel should be fitted to the firm; turn the engine off and pull up the
rear. This way with two normal dri- ❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg; the jack re- handbrake; engage first gear or reverse;
EMERGENCY
ve wheels, snow chains can be fitted quires no adjustment; the jack cannot use the handle A-fig. 2 to remove the
IN AN
to them to solve an emergency. be repaired: if it breaks it must be re- piece of stiff cover B (saloon versions)
placed with a new genuine jack; no tool or C-fig. 3 (Multi Wagon versions);
other than its cranking device may be loosen the clamping device E-fig. 4;
fitted on the jack.

TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
172
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0368m F0C03963m
fig. 3 fig. 5
❒ take out the tool container F-fig. 4 and

take it near to the wheel to be changed;
take out the space-saver spare wheel
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
G; remove the wheel cap H-fig. 5 (ver-
sions with steel rims), or remove the
wheel hub cap (versions with alloy
rims);
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0392m
fig. 4
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
173
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0394m
fig. 6
❒ using the wrench provided L-fig. 6

loosen the fastening bolts by about one
turn; if the car is fitted with alloy rims,
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
shake the car to facilitate removing this fig. 7 F0M0395m
rim from the wheel hub;

❒ work the jack crank M-fig. 7 to extend ❒ warn anybody nearby that the car is ❒ undo the wheel bolts and remove the
it until the groove N on the upper part about to be lifted. They must stay clear wheel.
EMERGENCY
of the jack is correctly inserted on the

IN AN
and not touch the car until it is back on

lower profile P of the body in point Q the ground; ❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-
(at approx. 72 cm from the front wheel tween spare wheel and hub are clean
centre or 75 cm from rear wheel cen- ❒ fit the handle R-fig. 7 to operate the so that the fastening bolts will not come
tre); jack and raise the car until the wheel loose;
is a few centimetres from the ground;
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
174
❒ Using the wrench provided, tighten the
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
fastening bolts;
❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight-
en the bolts in the sequence shown in
DEVICES
SAFETY
fig. 9;
❒ Place the cap near the wheel so that the
inflation valve can come through the
CORRECT USE
slot provided on the cap;
OF THE CAR
F0C0396m F0C0397m
fig. 8 fig. 9
❒ Press the circumference of the cap,
❒ install the space-saver spare wheel REFITTING THE STANDARD starting from the parts nearest the in-
matching the holes S-fig. 8 with the WHEEL flation valve until it is inserted com-
corresponding pins T; pletely.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Following the procedure described previ-
❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight- ously, raise the car and remove the spare IMPORTANT Incorrect fitting may cause
en the four fastening bolts; wheel. the wheel cap to come off when the car is
travelling.
❒ work the jack handle R-fig.7 to lower
EMERGENCY
the car and remove the jack; Versions with steel rims
IN AN
❒ using the wrench provided, tighten up Proceed as follows:
the wheel bolts in a criss-cross fashion ❒ Make sure the contact surfaces be-
following the sequence shown in fig. 9. tween standard wheel and hub are
clean so that the fastening bolts will not
CAR
come loose;
❒ Fit the normal wheel matching the
holes S-fig. 8 with the corresponding
TECHNICAL
pins T;
INDEX
175
When you have finished
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD ❒ Stow the space-saver spare wheel G-
fig. 11 in the space provided in the
boot;
❒ Insert the partially open jack into the
DEVICES
SAFETY
container F and force it slightly into its

seat so that it does not vibrate when
the car is moving;
❒ Put the tools back into their places in
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0217m
fig. 10
the container;
Versions with alloy rims ❒ Stow the container complete with tools
on the spare wheel and secure every-
Proceed as follows: thing with the clamping device E;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ Tighten the pin A-fig. 10 in one of the ❒ Correctly reposition the boot stiff cov-
fastening bolt holes on the wheel hub; er.
❒ Insert the wheel on the pin and, using
the wrench provided, tighten the four
EMERGENCY
IN AN
bolts available. This is facilitated by the

extension provided B;
F0C0392m
❒ Loosen the pin A and tighten the last fig. 11
fastening bolt;
CAR
❒ Lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tight-
en the bolts in the sequence shown
TECHNICAL
previously for the space-saver spare

wheel (see fig. 9).
IINDEX
176
QUICK TYRE REPAIR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
KIT FIX & GO
automatic
The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto-
DEVICES
SAFETY
matic is located in the appropriate con-
tainer in the boot .
The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 12:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0510m F0C0511m
fig. 12 fig. 13
❒ bottle A containing sealer and fitted
with:
❒ compressor D including gauge and con-
– filler hose B nections In the event of a puncture
caused by foreign bodies, it is
LIGHTS AND
– sticker C with caution “max. 80 ❒ a pair of protection gloves located in
MESSAGES
WARNING
possible to repair tyres show-
km/h”, to be affixed in a visible posi- the side space of the compressor ing damages on the track or
tion for the driver (instrument panel) shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.
after repairing the tyre ❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 13), to
EMERGENCY
IN AN
be used for prompt and proper use of
the quick repair kit and to be then
handed to the personnel charged with WARNING WARNING
handling the treated tyre Hand the instruction Holes and damages on the
brochure to the personnel tyre side walls cannot be re-
CAR
charged with treating the tyre repaired. Do not use the quick tyre re-
paired with the kit. pair kit if damaging is due to running
with flat tyre.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
177
AND CONTROLS
WARNING WARNING
DASHBOARD
Repairs are not possible in The cylinder contains ethyl-
case of damages on the ene glycol. The cylinder con-
wheel rim (bad groove distortion tains latex: it can cause allergic re-
causing air loss). Do not remove for- actions. It is harmful if ingested or in-
eign bodies (screws or nails) from the haled and irritant for the eyes and in
DEVICES
SAFETY
tyre. case of contact. In case of contact

rinse immediately with water and
take off contaminated clothes. If
CORRECT USE
swallowed, do not induce vomit, rinse

OF THE CAR
F0C0513m
IT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT: fig. 14
out the mouth, drink a lot of water
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair and call the doctor immediately.
Keep away from children. This prod- INFLATING PROCEDURE
kit is effective with external temperatures
between –20 °C and +50 °C. uct must not be used by asthmatics.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Do not inhale vapours. Call the doc-

tor immediately in case of allergic re-
actions. Keep the cylinder in the WARNING
WARNING space provided for the purpose and
far from heat. The sealing fluid has Put on the protection gloves
The compressor shall not be
EMERGENCY
limited life. Replace the cylinder if provided together with quick

operated for more than 20
IN AN
sealer has run out. tyre repair kit.

minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyres
repaired with the quick tyre repair kit
shall be used temporarily only.
CAR
❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyre

inflation valve cap, take out the filler
hose A-fig. 14 and screw the ring nut
B on the tyre valve;
TECHNICAL
Do not throw away the cylin-

der and the sealing fluid.
Have the sealing fluid and the
IINDEX
cylinder disposed of in com-

pliance with national and local regu-
lations.
178
❒ If reaching the tyre pressure specified
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
in paragraph “Cold tyre inflation pres-
sure” in section “Technical Specifica-
tions”, start driving immediately;
DEVICES
SAFETY
WARNING
Apply the sticker in a visible
position for the driver to in-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0515m F0C0516m
fig. 15 fig. 16 dicate that the tyre has been treat-
ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri-
❒ make sure the compressor switch E- ❒ If after 5 minutes it is still impossible ve carefully especially when corner-
fig. 16 is set to 0 (off), start the en- to reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage coming. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoid
gine and fit plug D-fig. 15 into the cig- pressor from valve and current outlet, heavy braking and accelerating.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ar lighter outlet and then turn on the then move the car forth for approx. ten
compressor by setting switch E-fig. 16 metres in order to distribute the seal-
to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pres- ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re-
sure specified in paragraph “Cold tyre peat the inflation operation;
❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stop
EMERGENCY
inflation pressure” in section “Techni-
❒ If after this operation it is still impossi- and check again the tyre pressure; pull
IN AN
cal Specifications”. Check tyre pressure
on gauge F-fig. 16 with compressor off ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8 up the handbrake;
to obtain precise reading; bar, do not start driving since the tyre
is excessively damaged and the quick
tyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit-
CAR
able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership; WARNING
If the pressure falls below 1.8
bars, do not drive any fur-
ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go
TECHNICAL
automatic cannot guarantee proper
hold because the tyre is too much
damaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.
INDEX
179
❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD store proper pressure (with engine
running and handbrake on) and restart;
❒ drive with the utmost care to the near-
est Fiat Dealership.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0517m F0C0512m
fig. 17 fig. 18
WARNING
It is of vital importance to FOR CHECKING AND CYLINDER REPLACEMENT
communicate that the tyre RESTORING PRESSURE ONLY PROCEDURE
has been repaired using the quick tyre
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
repair kit. Hand the instruction The compressor can be also used just for To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-
brochure to the personnel charged restoring pressure. Disconnect the quick lows:
connection and connect it directly to the
with treating the tyre repaired with
tyre valve fig. 17; in this way the cylinder ❒ disconnect connection B-fig. 18;
the kit.
is not connected to compressor and the ❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder to
EMERGENCY
IN AN
sealing fluid will not flow into the tyre. replace and raise it;
❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-
wise;
❒ connect connection B to the cylinder

CAR
and fit the transparent tube A into the

proper space.
TECHNICAL
IINDEX
180
WHEN NEEDING TO
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Halogen bulbs must be han-
CHANGE A BULB dled touching only the metal- Due to high voltage, the bulb
lic part. If the transparent bulb of (Xenon) gas-discharge
is touched with the fingers, its headlights must only be replaced by
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS lighting intensity is reduced and life of experts: danger of death! Contact Fi-
the bulb may be compromised. If at Dealership.
DEVICES
❒ When a light is not working, check that
SAFETY
touched accidentally, rub the bulb with
the corresponding fuse is intact before a cloth moistened with alcohol and al-
changing a bulb. For the location of fus- low to dry.
es, refer to the paragraph “If a fuse
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
blows” in this section;
❒ Before changing a bulb check the con-
tacts for oxidation;
WARNING IMPORTANT The headlight inner surface
❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth- may be lightly misted over: this is not a
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ers of the same type and power; Modifications or repairs to fault but a natural fact due to low tem-
the electrical system (elec- perature and the level of air humidity. It
❒ Always check the height of the head- tronic control units) carried out in-
light beam after changing a bulb. will disappear as soon the headlights are
correctly and without bearing the fea- turned on. The presence of drops inside
tures of the system in mind can cause
EMERGENCY
the headlights means water infiltration,
IN AN
malfunctions with the risk of fire. therefore contact Fiat Dealership.
CAR
WARNING
Halogen bulbs contain pres-
TECHNICAL
surised gas which, if broken,
may cause small fragments of glass to
be projected outwards.
INDEX
181
TYPES OF BULBS fig. 19 C Tubular bulbs: free them from
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD Various types of bulbs are fitted to your
their contacts to remove.
car: D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,
release the clip holding the bulb in
A All glass bulbs: these are pressed on. place.
Pull to remove.
DEVICES
SAFETY
F Gas-discharge bulbs (Xenon).

B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,
turn counterclockwise to remove this
type of bulb from its holder.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0C0391m
fig. 19
IINDEX
182
Bulbs Figure 19 Type Power
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Main beam headlights E H1 55W
Longlife dipped beam headlights D H7 55W
Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W
Gas-discharge low beam headlights (where provided) F D2R 35W
DEVICES
SAFETY
Front sidelights (2 per headlight) longlife A W5W 5W
Front fog lights (where provided) E H1 55W
Front direction indicators B PY21W 21W
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W
Rear direction indicators B P21W 21W
Taillights (3-door versions) B W5W 5W
LIGHTS AND
Taillights/Rear fog lights (5-door versions) B P4/21W 4W/21W
MESSAGES
WARNING
Taillights/Brake lights
(Multi Wagon versions) B P21/5W 21W/5W
Taillights (Multi Wagon versions)
(side fixed light unit) B P21W 21W
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Taillights (Multi Wagon versions)
(tailgate light unit) B R5W 5W
Brake lights (3-door versions) B P21W 21W
Third brake light (additional brake light) A W2,3W 2,3W
CAR
Reversing light B P21W 21W
Rear fog lights B P21W 21W
Number plate light (saloon versions) A W5W 5W
TECHNICAL
Number plate light (Multi Wagon versions) C C5W 5W
Puddle/door lights A W5W 5W
Front roof light C C5W 5W
Rear roof light (where provided) C C10W 10W
INDEX
Glovebox light C C5W 5W
Boot light A W5W 5W
Courtesy mirror light (where provided) C C5W 5W
183
IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
DEVICES
SAFETY
FRONT LIGHT UNITS

fig. 20-21
CORRECT USE
The front light units contain the sidelights,

OF THE CAR
F0C0435m F0C0436m
fig. 20 fig. 21
dipped beam, main beam, direction indi-
cator and front fog light bulbs.
To change the bulbs of the sidelights, di-
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit rection indicators, low beams and fog After replacement, refit the
as follows: lights it is necessary to remove the cover covers correctly checking that
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
C releasing the catch D. they are properly secured.

A direction indicators / fog lights (where
provided)/sidelights / dipped beam To change the bulbs of main beams and
headlights sidelights, remove the cover E operating
the device F.
EMERGENCY
B sidelights / main beam headlights.

IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
184
❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
metallic part coincide with the grooves
on the reflector, reconnect the electri-
cal connector B then hook the bulb
holder catch A;
❒ refit the protective cover correctly.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0178m F0C0179m
fig. 22 Gas-discharge lamps (Xenon) fig. 23
(where provided)
DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 23
fig. 22 To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
WARNING
MESSAGES
WARNING
Gas-filled filament lamps Due to high voltage, the bulb ❒ remove the protective cover releasing
of (Xenon) gas-discharge the catch;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
headlights must only be replaced by ❒ release the bulb holder catch A;
❒ remove the protective cover releasing experts: danger of death! Contact Fi-
EMERGENCY
the catch; at Dealership. ❒ disconnect the electric connector B;
IN AN
remove the bulb C and replace it;
❒ release the bulb holder catch A;
❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
❒ disconnect the electric connector B; metallic part coincide with the grooves
remove the bulb C and replace it; on the reflector, reconnect the electri-
CAR
holder catch A;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
185
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0177m F0C0212m F0C0176m

fig. 24 fig. 25 fig. 26
DIRECTION INDICATORS Side fig. 25 FRONT FOG LIGHTS

To change the bulb, proceed as follows: (where provided) fig. 26
LIGHTS AND
Front fig. 24
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ push the transparent cover A towards To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: car running direction to compress the ❒ remove the protective cover releasing
❒ remove the protective cover releasing catch; the catch;
the catch; ❒ remove the unit; ❒ release the bulb holder catch A;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ turn the bulb holder A counterclock- ❒ turn the bulb holder B counterclock- ❒ disconnect the electric connector B;
wise and remove it; wise, remove the snap-fitted bulb C and
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;
❒ remove the bulb B pushing it gently and replace it;
turning counterclockwise; ❒ refit the bulb holder B in the transpar- ❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of the
metallic part coincide with the grooves
CAR
❒ replace the bulb and then refit the bulb ent cover, then position the unit mak-
on the reflector, reconnect the electri-
holder turning it clockwise, checking ing sure the catch clicks into place.
that it is secured correctly; holder catch A;
TECHNICAL
❒ refit the protective cover correctly. ❒ refit the protective cover correctly.
IINDEX
186
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0175m F0C0180m F0C0388m
fig. 27 fig. 28 fig. 29
FRONT SIDELIGHTS REAR LIGHT UNITS

To replace the bulbs proceed as follows: (saloon versions)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ remove the protective cover A and C- To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
fig. 27 releasing catch B and D re- ❒ open the tailgate;
spectively;
❒ from inside the boot, withdraw the
❒ using the extension A-fig. 28 or D-
EMERGENCY
connector A-fig. 30, loosen the 3 nuts
IN AN
fig. 29, turn the bulb holder B-fig. 28 B with the extension (where provided)
or E-fig. 29 clockwise and counter- used to tighten the wheel bolts (sup-
clockwise and then withdraw it; plied with the tool kit) and remove the fig. 30 F0C0208m
❒ remove the bulb C-fig. 28 or F-fig. 29 light unit.
and replace it; IMPORTANT When subwoofer is locat-
CAR
❒ refit the bulb holder making sure the ed on the left side of the boot, to replace
catch clicks into place; also check the the rear light cluster contact Fiat Dealer-
proper bulb positioning looking at the ship.
TECHNICAL
lamp from outside;
INDEX
187
5-door versions
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
❒ unloose the 4 screws A-fig. 32 and re-
move the bulb holder;
❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and
DEVICES
SAFETY
turning counterclockwise.
The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
as follows:
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0181m F0C0182m
fig. 31 fig. 32
B: taillights;
3-door versions The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit C: direction indicators;
as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: D: taillights/rear fog lights;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
B: taillights;
❒ press lamp holder catches A-fig. 31 E: reversing lights.
outwards and remove it; C: direction indicators;
❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and D: rear fog lights;
turning counterclockwise.
EMERGENCY
E: reversing lights;
IN AN
F: taillights.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
188
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0425m F0C0426m F0C0417m
fig. 33 fig. 34 fig. 35
REAR LIGHT UNITS ❒ push the bulb holder side tabs A- The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
(Multi Wagon versions) fig. 35 inwards to remove it; as follows:
LIGHTS AND
❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and
MESSAGES
WARNING
B: taillights;
Tailgate light unit turning counterclockwise.
C: reversing lights;
D: rear fog lights.
❒ open the tailgate;
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ push down cover A-fig. 33 and re-
move electric connectorB-fig. 34;
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
189
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0360m F0C0361m F0C0419m

fig. 36 fig. 37 fig. 38
Side fixed light unit ❒ remove the electric connector D; The bulbs are arranged inside the light unit
as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ push the bulb holder side tabs A-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 38 inwards to remove it; B: taillights/brake lights;

❒ open the tailgate;
❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing them and C: direction indicators.
❒ turn the handle A-fig. 36 to open the turning counterclockwise.
door B;
EMERGENCY
❒ hold the tongue C-fig. 37 and open the

IN AN
door for the rear light unit access;

TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
190
ADDITIONAL BRAKING LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
(THIRD STOP)
IMPORTANT To replace the additional
braking lights (third stop) contact a Fiat
Dealership.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0411m F0C0367m
fig. 39 fig. 40
NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS Multi Wagon versions fig. 40

LIGHTS AND
Saloon versions fig. 39
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ use the screwdriver supplied with the
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: car to remove the transparent cover A
❒ work in the points shown by the arrow as shown in the figure;
and slacken the 2 cover fastening ❒ change the bulb B releasing it from the
EMERGENCY
screws A;
IN AN
side contacts and making sure the new
❒ change the bulb B releasing it from the bulb is correctly fastened between the
side contacts and making sure the new contacts;
bulb is correctly fastened between the ❒ refit the transparent cover.
contacts;
CAR
❒ refit the cover.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
191
IF AN INTERIOR LIGHT
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
BURNS OUT
For the type of bulb and power rating, see
“When needing to change a bulb”.
DEVICES
SAFETY
FRONT CEILING LIGHT
Versions without Skywindow

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0201m F0C0253m
sunroof fig. 41 fig. 43

❒ press the catches A-fig. 41 and with-
LIGHTS AND
draw the plastic cover B;

MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ slacken the 2 fastening screws A-

fig. 42, then turn the 2 bulb holders B
counterclockwise;
EMERGENCY
❒ remove the bulbs and replace them. To

IN AN
replace bulb C-fig. 42, release it from

the side contacts making sure that the F0C0202m F0C0398m
new bulb is correctly clamped between fig. 42 fig. 44
the contacts.
Versions with Skywindow sunroof ❒ disconnect electric connectors B-
CAR
fig. 44 and C;
To change the bulbs, proceed as follows:
❒ remove the front ceiling light A-
fig. 43 pressing the plastic cover as
TECHNICAL
shown by the arrows

IINDEX
192
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0202m F0C0227m F0C0229m
fig. 45 fig. 47 fig. 48
REAR CEILING LIGHT Versions with Skywindow sunroof

(where provided) Versions with Skywindow sunroof are fit-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
ted with two rear ceiling lights.
Versions without Skywindow
sunroof To replace the bulbs proceed as follows:
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ using the screwdriver provided in the
kit, remove the cover A-fig. 47 in the
EMERGENCY
❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 46 lever-
IN AN
point shown by the arrow;
ing in the points shown by the arrows
F0C0204m (on retaining tabs); ❒ replace the bulb B-fig. 48 releasing it
fig. 46 from the side contacts making sure that
❒ replace the bulbs B releasing them from
the new bulb is correctly clamped be-
❒ slacken the 2 fastening screws A- the side contacts making sure that the tween the contacts.
CAR
fig. 45, then turn the 2 bulb holders B new bulb is correctly clamped between
counterclockwise, remove the bulbs the contacts.
and replace them. To replace bulb C,
release it from the side contacts mak-
TECHNICAL
ing sure that the new bulb is correctly
clamped between the contacts.
INDEX
193
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0423m F0C0424m F0C0205m

fig. 49 fig. 50 fig. 51
COURTESY MIRROR LIGHT ❒ replace the bulb C-fig. 50 releasing GLOVEBOX LIGHT fig. 51
(where provided) it from the side contacts making sure
that the new bulb is correctly To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: clamped between the contacts. ❒ open the glovebox, then remove the
❒ open the mirror cover A-fig. 49; light unit A;
❒ remove the bulb B levering in the ❒ replace the bulb B releasing it from the
side contacts making sure that the new
EMERGENCY
points shown by the arrows;

IN AN
bulb is correctly clamped between the

contacts.
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
194
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0221m F0C0097m F0C0206m
fig. 52 fig. 53 fig. 54
BOOT LIGHT ❒ refit the light unit A-fig. 52 inserting PUDDLE / DOOR LIGHTS fig. 54
it in its correct position firstly on one
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: end and then on the other until it clicks To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ open the tailgate; into place. ❒ open the door and remove the trans-
parent cover A levering in the point
❒ remove the bulb A-fig. 52 levering in shown by the arrow;
the points shown by the arrow.
❒ open the protection B and replace the
EMERGENCY
❒ open the protection B-fig. 53 and re-
IN AN
snap-fitted bulb;
place the snap-fitted bulb;
❒ re-close the protective cover B on the
❒ re-close the protective cover B on the transparent cover A.
lens;
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
195
IF A FUSE BLOWS
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
If a general fuse (MEGA-
GENERAL FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-
FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re-
The fuse is a protective device for the pair and contact a Fiat Dealership.
electric system: it comes into action (i.e. Before replacing a fuse, make sure
DEVICES
SAFETY
it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im- the ignition key has been removed
proper action on the system. and that all the other services are
When a device does not work, check the switched off and/or disengaged.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0220m
efficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele- fig. 55
ment A- fig. 55 must be intact. If not, re-
place the fuse with one of the same amp
rating (same colour).
Never replace a fuse with WARNING
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
B: undamaged fuse
metal wires or anything else. If a fuse blows again, contact
C: fuse with damaged filament. a Fiat Dealership.
To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hooked
to the fusebox on the dashboard.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WARNING
Never replace a fuse with
another with a higher amp
rating, DANGER OF FIRE.

TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
196
FUSE LOCATION Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 57
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Fuses are grouped into four fuse boxes, to To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
be found respectively on the dashboard, on the dashboard, open lid A-fig. 56.
on the battery positive pole, next to the
battery and in the boot (left-hand side).
DEVICES
SAFETY
Certain versions are also fitted with a sin-
gle fuse set inside the engine compartment
fuse box.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0193m
fig. 56
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0C0266m
fig. 57
INDEX
197
Fuse box next to the battery fig. 59
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD To gain access to the fuse box and to the
single fuse next to the battery, press the
retainers A-fig. 58 and remove the pro-
tection cover B.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0498m
fig. 58
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0C0151m
fig. 59
IINDEX
198
Fuse box on the battery positive
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
pole fig. 61
To gain access to the fuses in the fuse box
on the battery positive pole press the re-
tainers A-fig. 60 and remove the protec-
DEVICES
tion cover B.
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0499m
fig. 60
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
F0C0152m
fig. 61
INDEX
199
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0254m F0C0360m F0C0362m

fig. 62 fig. 63 fig. 64
Fuse box in the boot fig. 65

Saloon versions
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING

on the left side of the boot, open lid A-
fig. 62 as shown in the figure.
EMERGENCY
Multi Wagon versions

IN AN

on the left side of the boot, proceed as fol-
lows:
❒ turn the knob A-fig. 63 and open the

CAR
lid B;
❒ hold the tab C-fig. 64 to open the sec-
ond lid D and gain access to the fuse
TECHNICAL
box.
F0C0531m
fig. 65
IINDEX
200
FUSE SUMMARY TABLE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
LIGHTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE
Right dipped beam headlight F12 15 57
Left dipped beam headlight F13 15 57
DEVICES
SAFETY
Right main beam headlight F14 10 59
Left main beam headlight F15 10 59
CORRECT USE
Front fog lights F30 15 59
OF THE CAR
Brake light/third stop light F37 7.5 57
Reversing light F31 7.5 57
Front/rear ceiling light/s F32 10 57
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Door/puddle lights F32 10 57
+30 rear fog lights F53 7.5 57
RH/LH headlight fuse boxes
EMERGENCY
(versions with gas-discharge headlights) F37 7.5 57
IN AN
COMPONENTS FUSE AMPERE FIGURE
Selespeed transmission pump (2.420V versions) F05 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59
CAR
Ignition switch F03 (MAXI-FUSE) 20 59
Headlight aiming device F13 15 57
F19 7.5 59
TECHNICAL
Climate control compressor
Anti-pollution sensor (versions with automatic two-zone climate
control system)/headlight washer relay coil/
Body Computer/Climate control system fan F31 7.5 57
Powered door mirrors control
INDEX
(movement, ideograph lighting) F51 7.5 57
201
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD + 30 Sound system/Connect-Navigator/
Heating-climate control unit/EOBD system diagnostic socket/
Volumetric-antiraising sensors/Alarm siren/
Bluetooth system control unit F39 10 57
DEVICES
SAFETY
Rear window wiper seat warming relay coil F52 15 57

Left rear power window F33 20 57
Right rear power window F34 20 57
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Rear heated window F40 30 57

Windscreen wiper/washer/rear window washer F43 30 57
Passenger compartment current outlet (saloon versions)/Current outlet
(MultiWagon versions)/Cigar lighter F44 20 57
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Door mirror demisting device/heated window nozzles F41 7.5 57

Cruise Control F35 7.5 57
Electric power steering control unit F02 (MAXI-FUSE) 70 59
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Engine compartment control unit F70 (MEGA-FUSE) 150 61

Dashboard control unit F71 (MIDI-FUSE) 70 61
+30 door electronic control unit (door lock actuators,
dead lock, boot, rear heated window)/Trailer control unit, if any F36 20 57
CAR
Free F38 – 57
Headlight washer F09 20 59
Primary services (electronic injection) F17 10 59
TECHNICAL
Secondary services (electronic injection) F11 15 59

Water in diesel fuel filter sensor (Multijet versions)/
flow meter (Multijet versions) F35 7.5 57
IINDEX
202
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Front power window on driver side F47 20 57
Front power window on passenger side F48 20 57
Signal from switch on brake pedal for electronic control units F35 7.5 57
DEVICES
SAFETY
Instrument panel (key-operated positive) F37 7.5 57
Instrument panel (+30) F53 7.5 57
ABS / ASR / ESP control unit (yawing sensor with ESP) F42 7.5 57
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
ABS / ASR / ESP control unit F01 (MAXI-FUSE) 60 59
Air bag control unit/OCS sensor (versions with rear side bags) F50 7.5 57
+30 Electronic injection system F18 7.5 59
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Dashboard control unit F72 (MIDI-FUSE) 60 61
Climate control fan F08 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59
Radiator fan (low speed - versions 1.416V, 1.616V, 1.816V, Multijet) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 30 59
EMERGENCY
Radiator fan (high speed - versions 1.416V, 1.616V, 1.816V, Multijet) F07 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 59
IN AN
Fan and radiator (versions 2.420V) F06 (MAXI-FUSE) 60 59
Horn F10 15 59
Fuel pump F21 15 59
CAR
Electronic injection primary services (petrol versions) F22 15 59
TECHNICAL
INDEX
203
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD Electronic injection system/Selespeed system
(2.4 20V versions)/Radiator fan control unit
(2.4 20V versions) (key-operated positive) F16 7.5 59
Skywindow sunroof curtain F45 20 57
DEVICES
SAFETY
Skywindow sunroof F46 20 57

Additional heater (Multijet versions) F73 (MIDI-FUSE) 50 61
Glow plug warming (Multijet versions) F04 (MAXI-FUSE) 50 59
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Free F20 – 59
Electronic injection primary services (Multijet versions) F22 20 59
+30 Selespeed F23 15 59
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Electric power steering (key-operated positive) F24 7.5 59

Radio external amplifier F54 25 65
Driver’s seat warming F57 10 65
EMERGENCY
Front passenger’s seat warming F67 10 65

IN AN
Steering wheel controls, Connect/Navigator, Parking sensors,

Rain/daylight sensor, Central console control panel,
Heating/climate control unit, Bluetooth system control unit,
Ideograph lighting, Set of switches for light control and

CAR
menu access-setting, Volumetric and antiraising sensor deactivation

buttons, Front ceiling light,
Sunroof controls (key-operated positive) F49 7.5 57
TECHNICAL
IINDEX
204
IF THE BATTERY IS FLAT Charge the battery as follows:
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
❒ disconnect battery negative terminal; The liquid contained in the
IMPORTANT The battery charging pro- battery is poisonous and cor-
cedure is described only for information ❒ connect the charger cables to the bat-
tery terminals, observing the poles; rosive. Avoid contact with the skin or
purposes. This operation should be car- eyes. The battery should be charged
ried out by Fiat Dealership. ❒ turn on the charger; in a well ventilated place, away from
DEVICES
SAFETY
Charging should be slow at a low amp rat- naked flames or possible sources of
❒ when you have finished, turn the charg- sparks: danger of explosion and fire.
ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longer er off before disconnecting the battery;
time may damage the battery.
CORRECT USE
❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch the
electronic car alarm off with remote con-
trol (see “Alarm” in section “Dashboard
LIGHTS AND
and controls”).
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING
Do not attempt to charge a
frozen battery: it must first-
ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.
EMERGENCY
If freezing has occurred, the battery
IN AN
should be checked by skilled person-
nel to make sure that the internal el-
ements are not damaged and that the
body is not cracked, with the risk of
leaking poisonous and corrosive acid.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
205
JACKING THE CAR TOWING THE CAR
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Deal- The tow ring provided with the car is
ership which is equipped with the arm housed in the tool box under the boot
hoist or workshop lift. mat.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Jack up the car only by positioning the jack

arms or the shop jack in the points shown TOW RING HOOKING
in fig. 66. Proceed as follows:
❒ release the cap operating the tab A-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0247m
fig. 66
fig. 67-68;
❒ take the tow hook B from its support;
❒ tighten the ring on the rear or front
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
threaded pin.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
206
TOWING SELESPEED
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
VERSIONS
When towing, remember
For versions with Selespeed gearbox, that without the help of the
make sure that it is in neutral N checking servobrake and power steering, a
that the car moves when pushed) and pro- greater effort is required on the ped-
al and steering wheel. Do not use
DEVICES
ceed as for towing a normal car with me-
SAFETY
chanical gearbox following the instructions flexible cables for towing and avoid
given previously. jerks. During towing operations make
sure that fastening the joint to the car
If setting to neutral is not possible, do not
CORRECT USE
does not damage the components in
OF THE CAR
F0C0384m
fig. 67 tow the car. Contact a Fiat Dealership. contact with it. When towing the car,
you must comply with the specific
traffic regulations regarding the tow
ring and how to tow on the road.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WARNING
Before starting to tow, turn
EMERGENCY
the ignition key to MAR and
IN AN
then to STOP. Do not remove the
fig. 68 F0C0387m key. If the key is removed, the steer-
ing lock engages automatically re-
sulting in the impossibility to steer the WARNING
wheels. Do not start the engine
CAR
when towing the car.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
207
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
(where provided)
It is located on the right side of the boot;
position varies according to 3 fig. 69 or
DEVICES
SAFETY
5-door versions fig. 70.

The fire extinguisher has a reference mark
(5p❚ for 5-door versions or 3p❚ for 3-
door versions) for the extinguisher cor-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0331m F0C0344m
rect positioning on the retaining bracket. fig. 69 fig. 71
To use the fire extinguisher, proceed as

follows: release the catch A-fig. 71 and
open the tabs B.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
IMPORTANT In addition to the fire ex-

tinguisher, it is also wise to keep a first-aid
kit and a blanket in the car.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
F0C0343m
fig. 70
TECHNICAL CAR
IINDEX
208
CAR MAINTENANCE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
SCHEDULED SERVICING .................................................. 210
SERVICE SCHEDULE............................................................. 211
DEVICES
SAFETY
ANNUAL INSPECTION SCHEDULE ............................... 213
ADDITIONAL CHECKS....................................................... 213
CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................. 216
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
AIR FILTER .............................................................................. 225
POLLEN FILTER ..................................................................... 225
DIESEL FUEL FILTER ............................................................ 225
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
BATTERY .................................................................................. 226
WHEELS AND TYRES .......................................................... 229
RUBBER HOSES...................................................................... 230
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS.................... 231
BODYWORK .......................................................................... 233
INTERIORS ............................................................................. 235
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
209
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD SCHEDULED SERVICING IMPORTANT The Scheduled Servicing IMPORTANT You are advised to contact
coupons are specified by the Manufactur- Fiat Dealership in the event of any minor
Correct maintenance is essential for en- er. The failure to have them carried out operating faults, without waiting for the
suring long car life under the best condi- may invalidate the warranty. next service coupon.
tions. Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi- If your car is used frequently for towing,
at Dealership, at pre-established times. the interval between one service coupon
DEVICES
SAFETY
This is why Fiat has programmed a series

of checks and maintenance operations and the other must be reduced.
If during each operation, in addition to the
every 30.000 km. ones programmed, the need arises for fur-
It is however important to remember that ther replacements or repairs, these may
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
scheduled servicing does not completely be carried out only with the explicit agree-
cover all the car’s requirements: also in ment of the Customer.
the initial period before 30.000 km service
coupon and later, between one coupon
LIGHTS AND
and another, ordinary care is still required

MESSAGES
WARNING
such as for example routine check and

topping up the level of fluids, tyre pressure
check, etc...
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
210
SERVICE SCHEDULE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Thousands of km 30 60 90 120 150 180
Check tyre conditions/wear and
adjust pressure if required ● ● ● ● ● ●
DEVICES
SAFETY
Check light system operation (headlights, direction indicators,
hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights,
glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ●
CORRECT USE
Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,
OF THE CAR
adjust nozzles if required ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check windscreen/rear window blade
position/wear ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check front disk brake pad conditions and wear
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
and wear indicator operation ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear ● ● ● ● ● ●
Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts,
underbody protection, pipes and hoses
EMERGENCY
(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts
IN AN
(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness,
and lubrication ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check and top up, if required, fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch,
● ● ● ● ● ●
CAR
windscreen/rear window washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)
Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required ● ● ●
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions
(excluding 1.616V version) ● ●
TECHNICAL
Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions
(1.616V version) ● ●
Check and adjust tappet clearance
(1.9 Multijet 8V version) ● ● ●
INDEX
Check and adjust tappet clearance
(1.6 16V only version) ●
Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check exhaust emissions/smoke (Multijet versions) ● ● ● ● ● ●
211
Thousands of km 30 60 90 120 150 180
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Check timing belt conditions
(1.616V excluding version) ● ●
Check timing belt conditions
(1.616V version) ● ●
DEVICES
SAFETY
Check engine control system operation

(through diagnostic socket) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Replace accessory drive belt/s
(excluding 1.616V version) ●
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Replace accessory drive belt/s (1.616V version) ●

Replace timing belt
(excluding Multijet and 1.616V versions) (*) ●
Replace timing belt
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(Multijet and 1.616V versions) (*) ●

Change spark plugs (1.616V version) ● ● ●
Change spark plugs (petrol versions - excluding 1.616V) ● ● ● ● ● ●
EMERGENCY
Replace diesel fuel filter (Multijet versions) ● ● ●

IN AN
Replace air cleaner cartridge ● ● ●

Change engine oil and oil filter
(petrol versions) (or every year) ● ● ● ● ● ●

CAR
(Multijet versions without DPF) (or every 2 years) ● ● ● ● ● ●

(Multijet versions with DPF) (**)
Change brake fluid (or every 2 years) ● ● ●
TECHNICAL
Change pollen filter (or every year) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(*) Regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 3 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the
city, idling for a long time) or in any case every 5 years
INDEX
(**) Engine oil and oil filter shall be changed when the relevant warning light/message on the display turn on and in any case every 2 years.
212
ANNUAL INSPECTION ❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine, ADDITIONAL CHECKS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses
SCHEDULE (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,
(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) fuel and check and top up if required:
For cars with an annual mileage of below brake system hoses;
30.000 km (for example about 15.000 km) ❒ engine coolant fluid level;
❒ check cleanness of bonnet and boot
DEVICES
SAFETY
the following yearly inspection programme
is advised: locks, and lever cleanness and lubrica- ❒ brake fluid level;
tion ❒ windscreen washer fluid level;
❒ check tyre conditions/wear and adjust
pressure if required (including the ❒ check battery charge (by optical depth ❒ tyre pressure and conditions.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
space-saver spare wheel); gauge);
Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-
❒ check light system operation (head- ❒ visual check on various drive belt con- quired: engine oil level.
lights, direction indicators, hazard lights, ditions;
boot lights, passenger compartment You are recommended to use FL Sele-
❒ check and top up fluid levels (engine
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
lights, glovebox light, warning lights, nia products, designed and produced
coolant, brakes, windscreen washer, specifically for Fiat cars (see table “Ca-
etc.); battery, etc.); pacities” in section “Technical specifica-
❒ check windscreen wiper/washer oper- ❒ change engine oil and oil filter, if re- tions”).
ation, adjust nozzles; quired (Multijet versions);
EMERGENCY
IN AN
❒ check windscreen/rear window blade ❒ replace pollen filter.
position/wear;
❒ check front disk brake pad conditions
and wear;
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
213
IMPORTANT - Engine oil IMPORTANT - Engine oil IMPORTANT - Air cleaner
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
(petrol and Multijet versions (Multijet versions with DPF) If the car is used on dusty roads change
without DPF) Engine oil and oil filter shall be changed the air cleaner more frequently than the
Should prevailing use of the car be under when the relevant warning light, togeth- indications in the “Service schedule”.
one of the following specially heavy con- er with the message on the display, turn If in doubt as to how often the engine oil
DEVICES
ditions: on (see section “Warning lights and mes-

SAFETY
and air cleaner should be changed ac-

sages”) or in any case every 2 years. cording to how you use the car, contact
❒ trailer or caravan towing;
Should prevailing use of the car be in the a Fiat Dealership.
❒ dusty roads; city, engine oil will waste faster.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) re-

peated and with external temperatures
below zero;
❒ frequently idling engines or long dis- Oil topping up, even signifi-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tance low speed driving (e.g. taxis or cant ones, do not replace the
door-to-door deliveries) or in case of engine oil change procedure
a long term inactivity; required when warning light
v turns on. Engine oil shall be
replace engine oil more frequently than
EMERGENCY
changed at a Fiat Dealership that will

required on “Service schedule”.
IN AN
also turn off the warning light on the

instrument panel.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
214
IMPORTANT - Pollen filter IMPORTANT - Battery
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Car maintenance should be
If the car is used frequently in dusty or The charge in the battery should be entrusted to Fiat Dealership.
heavily polluted environments it is advis- checked at the start of winter to limit the For routine and minor main-
able to replace the filtering element more risk of electrolyte freezing. tenance operations you wish
frequently; in particular it should be re- to carry out yourself, always make sure
placed if a reduction of the amount of air This check should be carried out more you have the proper equipment, gen-
DEVICES
SAFETY
admitted to the passenger compartment frequently if the car is used mainly for uine Fiat spare parts and the necessary
is noted. short trips, or if it is fitted with accessories fluids; do not however carry out these
that permanently absorb electricity even operations if you have no experience.
with the ignition key removed, especially
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT - Diesel filter in the case of after market accessories. If
The possibility of topping up with diesel the car is used in hot climates or particu-
fuel not complying with EN590 European larly harsh conditions it is wise to check
Norm might make it necessary to replace the level of the battery fluid (electrolyte)
the filter more frequently than indicated more frequently than specified in the “Ser-
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
in the “Service Schedule”. vice schedule”.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
215
CHECKING FLUID
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
LEVELS
IMPORTANT When topping up take care
not to confuse the various types of fluids:
DEVICES
SAFETY
they are all incompatible with one anoth-

er and could seriously damage the car.
IMPORTANT Never smoke while work-
ing in the engine compartment; gas and in-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
flammable vapours may be present, with

the risk of fire.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
F0C0500m
fig. 1 - 1.416V version
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
1 Engine oil - 2 Battery - 3 Brake fluid -

INDEX
4 Windscreen/rear window/headlight
washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant
F0C0518m
216
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
F0C0502m
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
washer fluid - 5 Engine coolant - 6 Sele-
speed transmission oil (where provided)
F0C0503m
217
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING

F0C0504m
fig. 5 - 1.9 Multijet 8V versions
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR

INDEX
F0C0505m
fig. 6 - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions
218
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0103m F0C0519m F0C0122m
fig. 7 - 1.416V version fig. 8 - 1.816V version fig. 9 - 1.9 Multijet 8V version
ENGINE OIL fig. 7-8-9-10-11-12 Topping up engine oil IMPORTANT If a routine check reveals
that the oil level is above the MAX mark,
If the oil level is near or even below the contact Fiat Dealership to have the cor-
LIGHTS AND
Checking engine oil
MESSAGES
WARNING
MIN mark, add oil through the filler neck rect level restored.
Check the oil level a few minutes (about B, until reaching the MAX mark.
5) after the engine has stopped, with the IMPORTANT After adding or changing
Oil level shall never exceed the MAX the oil, let the engine turn over for a few
car parked on level ground. mark. seconds and wait a few minutes after turn-
EMERGENCY
Remove the dipstick A and clean it, put ing it off before you check the level.
IN AN
it back in completely, remove it and check
that the level is within the MIN and MAX
marks on the dipstick. The interval be-
tween the MIN and MAX marks corre-
sponds to about one litre of oil.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
219
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0231m F0C0115m F0C0470m

fig. 10 - 1.616V version fig. 11 - 2.420V version fig. 12 - 1.9 Multijet 16V version
Engine oil consumption IMPORTANT The oil consumption de- WARNING

pends on driving style and the conditions
Max engine oil consumption is usually 400 under which the car is used. When the engine is hot, take
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
grams every 1000 km. care when working inside the

IMPORTANT Do not add oil with speci- engine compartment to avoid burns.
When the car is new, the engine needs fications other than that already in the en-
to run in, therefore the engine oil con- Remember that when the engine is
gine. hot, the fan may cut in: danger of in-
sumption can only be considered stabilised
jury. Scarves, ties and other loose
EMERGENCY
after the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IN AN
clothing might be pulled by moving

parts.
CAR
Used engine oil and filter con-

tain harmful substances for
TECHNICAL
the environment. Contact Fi-

at Dealership to have the oil
and filter changed.
INDEX
220
❒ if the oil is below the MAX mark, top
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
up to reach the correct level; Used gearbox oil contains
dangerous substances for the
❒ after refitting the cap, insert the environment. For changing
breather tube firmly on the cap spout the oil we advise contacting
and turn the ignition key to STOP. Fiat Dealership, which is equipped for
disposing of used oil respecting the na-
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Do not add oil into the cir- ture and the law.
cuit tank having different specifications
from that already existing.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0121m
fig. 13
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM OIL FOR

ACTUATING SELESPEED
LIGHTS AND
GEARBOX (where provided)
MESSAGES
WARNING
fig. 13
The oil should be checked with the car on
a level surface and with the engine stopped
EMERGENCY
and cold.
IN AN
To check the level, proceed as follows:
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
❒ disconnect the breather tube and re-
CAR
move the cap A checking that the lev-
el corresponds with the MAX mark on
the reservoir;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
221
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0520m F0C0108m F0C0469m

fig. 14 - 1.416V version fig. 15 - 1.416V - 1.816V - fig. 16 - 1.9 Multijet version
2.420V version
ENGINE COOLANT FLUID WARNING
fig. 14-15-16 The cooling system uses Do not remove the reservoir
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
PARAFLU UP antifreeze. Do
WARNING
The coolant level shall be checked with cap when the engine is hot:
cold engine and shall not be lower than not add fluid having different you risk scalding yourself. The cool-
the MIN mark on the reservoir. specifications from that al- ing system is pressurised. If necessary,
ready existing. PARAFLU UP cannot replace the cap only with another
If the level is low, pour slowly a mixture be mixed with other types of fluids. genuine one, otherwise system effi-
EMERGENCY
of 50% distilled water and 50% PARAFLU Should other fluids be added, do not
IN AN
ciency could be compromised.

UP of the FL Selenia through the filler start the engine and contact Fiat Deal-
neck A. ership as soon as possible.
A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP and
distilled water gives freeze protection to

CAR
–35°C.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
222
AND CONTROLS
WARNING
DASHBOARD
Do not travel with the wind-
screen washer reservoir emp-
ty. The windscreen washer is funda-
mental for improving visibility.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0106m F0C0468m
fig. 17 fig. 18 - 1.9 Multijet version
WINDSCREEN/REAR In case of temperatures below –20°C, use WARNING

WINDOW/HEADLIGHT undiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 fluid. Certain commercial addi-
LIGHTS AND
WASHER FLUID fig. 17-18
MESSAGES
WARNING
tives for windscreen washers
To top up, open the cap A and then pour Check level through the reservoir. are inflammable. The engine com-
a mixture of water and TUTELA PRO- For versions fitted with headlight wash- partment contains hot components
FESSIONAL SC 35, in the following er, remove the filter and the relevant dip- which may set it on fire.
EMERGENCY
concentrations: stick. Use the dipstick to check the fluid
IN AN
❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL level inside the reservoir.
SC 35 and 70% water in summer;
❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
SC 35 and 50% water in winter.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
223
At plug opening, pay maximum attention
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD WARNING
in order to prevent any impurities from
entering the tank. Brake fluid is poisonous and
highly corrosive. In the event
For topping up, always use a funnel with of accidental contact, wash the parts
integrated filter with mesh equal to or involved immediately with neutral
lower than 0.12 mm. soap and water, then rinse thor-
DEVICES
SAFETY
IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois- oughly. Call the doctor immediately
ture. For this reason, if the car is mainly if the fluid is swallowed.
used in areas with a high degree of at-
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0098m
fig. 19 mospheric humidity, the fluid should be
replaced at more frequent intervals than
BRAKE FLUID fig. 19 specified in the “Service schedule”.
Unscrew cap A and check that the fluid
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
level in the reservoir is at maximum. WARNING

Prevent brake fluid, which is
Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceed highly corrosive, from coming Symbol π on the container
the MAX mark. into contact with painted indicates synthetic brake flu-
parts. Should it happen, im- id, distinguishing it from the mineral
If fluid has to be added, it is suggested to
EMERGENCY
mediately wash with water. kind. Using mineral fluids irreversibly

IN AN
use the brake fluid in table "Fluids and lu-

bricants" (see chapter "Technical charac- damages the special braking system
teristics"). rubber seals.
NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap A

and the surrounding surface.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
224
AIR FILTER POLLEN FILTER DIESEL FUEL FILTER
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Air filter replacement shall be carried out Pollen filter replacement shall be carried
at a Fiat Dealership. out at a Fiat Dealership. DRAINING THE CONDENSE
(Multijet versions)
IMPORTANT The presence of water in
DEVICES
SAFETY
the fuel circuit can severely damage the
whole injection system and make the en-
gine misfire. If the warning light c turns
CORRECT USE
on (together with the message on the dis-
OF THE CAR
play), contact a Fiat Dealership as soon
as possible to have the bleeding operation
carried out.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
225
BATTERY
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD WARNING
The liquid in the battery is
The battery is of the “Limited mainte- poisonous and corrosive.
nance” type: under normal conditions of Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Do
use the electrolyte does not need topping not bring naked flames or possible
up with distilled water. sources of sparks near the battery:
DEVICES
SAFETY
Contact Fiat Dealership to have the bat- risk of fire and explosion.
tery checked/replaced.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0506m
CHECKING THE CHARGE fig. 20 fig. 20
The battery charge may be checked
through the indicator A (where required) Should the battery be not fitted with bat- WARNING
set on the battery cover and acting ac- tery charge inspection device (optical elec-
trolyte indicator), inspection operations Running the battery with
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
cording to the colour the indicator low fluid level can damage
shows. shall be carried out by skilled personnel
only. the battery beyond repair and could
also cause its explosion.
Refer to the table below or to the label
B on the battery.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
CAR
Bright white Top up electrolyte Contact

colour Fiat Dealership
Dark colour Low charge level Charge the battery
without green area (advisable to contact Fiat
TECHNICAL
in the centre Dealership)

Dark colour Electrolyte level and charge No action
with green area sufficient
in the centre
INDEX
226
CHANGING THE BATTERY USEFUL ADVICE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Batteries contain substances
If required, replace the battery with a gen- that are very harmful for the FOR LENGTHENING THE LIFE
uine spare part having the same specifi- environment. You are advised OF YOUR BATTERY
cations. to have the battery changed To avoid draining your battery and length-
at a Fiat Dealership, which is properly en its life, observe the following indica-
If a battery with different specifications is equipped for disposing of used batter-
DEVICES
tions:
SAFETY
fitted, the service intervals given in the ies respecting nature and the law.
“Service schedule” in this section will no ❒ when you park the car, ensure the
longer be valid. doors, tailgate and bonnet are closed
properly;
CORRECT USE
Refer to the instructions provided by the
OF THE CAR
battery manufacturer. ❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The car
WARNING
is however provided with an automat-
If the car is left inactive for ic system for switching off internal
long periods at cold, remove lights;
LIGHTS AND
the battery and store it in a warm
MESSAGES
WARNING
place to prevent freezing. ❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: sound
Incorrect fitting of electrical system, hazard lights, etc.) switched on
and electronic accessories can for a long time when the engine is not
seriously damage the car. If af- running;
EMERGENCY
ter buying the car, you want ❒ before performing any operation on the
IN AN
to install electric accessories which re- electrical system, disconnect the bat-
quire permanent electric supply tery negative cable;
(alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) con- WARNING
tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified When working on the bat- ❒ battery terminals shall always be per-
fectly tightened.
CAR
personnel, in addition to suggesting the tery or near it, always wear
most suitable devices, will evaluate the the proper goggles.
overall electric absorption, checking
whether the car electric system is ca-
TECHNICAL
pable of withstanding the load re-
quired, or whether it should be inte-
grated with a more powerful battery.
INDEX
227
IMPORTANT A battery which is kept at If after buying the car, you want to install In fact, since these devices continue ab-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
a charge of less than 50% (optical indica- electric accessories which require per- sorbing energy even when the ignition key
tor with dark colour without green area manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con- is off, they gradually run down the battery.
in the middle) for any length of time will tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per-
be damaged by sulphation leading to a re- sonnel, in addition to suggesting the most The total intake of these systems (facto-
duction in cranking power. suitable devices, will evaluate the overall ry and after-market) must be less than 0,6
mA x Ah (of the battery) as shown in the
DEVICES
SAFETY
electric absorption, checking whether the

Moreover, this might lead to a higher risk car’s electric system is capable of with- following table:
of the battery electrolyte freezing (this standing the load required, or whether it
may even occur at -10°C). If the car is in- should be integrated with a more power-
CORRECT USE
active for a long period of time, refer to

OF THE CAR
ful battery.
“Car inactivity”, in section “Correct use
of the car”.
Battery Maximum
admitted
stand-by intake
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
40 Ah 24 mA
50 Ah 30 mA
EMERGENCY
60 Ah 36 mA
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
228
WHEELS AND TYRES ❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ly and charge it to avoid damage to the
Check the pressure of each tyre, includ- tyre, the rim, suspensions and steering
ing the spare, every two weeks and before system;
long journeys. The pressure should be ❒ Tyres age even if they are not used
checked with the tyre rested and cold. much. Cracks in the tread rubber are
DEVICES
SAFETY
For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see a sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyres
“Wheels” in “Technical specifications” have been on the car for over 6 years,
section. they should be checked by specialised
CORRECT USE
personnel, to see if they can still be
OF THE CAR
F0C0101m
fig. 21
Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre used. Also remember to check the
wear fig. 21: space-saver spare wheel;
IMPORTANT NOTES
A: normal pressure: tread evenly worn. ❒ In the case of replacement, always fit
❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp braking new tyres, avoiding those of dubious
LIGHTS AND
B: low pressure: tread particularly worn
MESSAGES
WARNING
and screech starts, etc. Be careful not origin;
at the edges. to hit the kerb, potholes or other ob-
C: high pressure: tread particularly worn stacles hard. Driving for long stretch- ❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the in-
in the centre. es over bumpy roads can damage the flation valve;
tyres;
EMERGENCY
Tyres must be replaced when the tread ❒ To allow even wear between the front
IN AN
wears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com- ❒ Periodically check that the tyres have and rear tyres, it is advisable to change
ply with the laws in the country where the no cuts in the side wall, abnormal them over every 10-15 thousand kilo-
car is being driven. swelling or irregular tyre wear. If any of metres, keeping them on the same side
these occur, have the car seen to at a of the car so as to not reverse the di-
Fiat Dealership; rection of rotation.
CAR
❒ avoid overloading the car when travel-
ling: this may cause serious damage to
the wheels and tyres;
TECHNICAL
INDEX
229
RUBBER HOSES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD WARNING WARNING
Remember that road holding Do not cross switch the
depends also on the correct tyres, moving them from the As far as the brake system and fuel rubber
tyre inflating pressure. right of the car to the left and vice hoses are concerned, carefully follow the
versa. “Service schedule” in this section.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-

longed lack of fluid in the system may
cause hardening and cracking of the hoses,
with possible leaks. Careful control is
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
therefore necessary.
WARNING WARNING
If the pressure is too low the Never submit alloy rims to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
tyre overheats and this can repainting treatments re-

cause it serious damage. quiring to use temperatures exceed-
ing 150°C since the mechanical prop-
erties of the wheels could be im-
paired.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
230
WINDSCREEN/
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
REAR WINDOW
WIPERS
DEVICES
SAFETY
BLADES
Periodically clean the rubber part using
special products; TUTELA PROFES-
SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0162m F0C0507m
fig. 22 fig. 23
If the rubber blades are bent or worn they
should be replaced. In any case they Changing the windscreen For certain versions, to replace the blades
should be changed once a year. wiper blades proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
A few simple notions can reduce the pos- Proceed as follows: ❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm and po-
sibility of damage to the blades: sition the blade so that it forms an an-
❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A-fig. gle of 90° with the arm;
❒ if the temperature fall below zero, 22 and position the blade so that it
make sure that ice has not frozen the forms an angle of 90° with the arm; ❒ press tabs A-fig. 23 (set aside the
EMERGENCY
rubber against glass. If necessary, thaw blade) and remove the blade to be re-
IN AN
using an antifreeze product; ❒ press tab B of the coupling spring and placed from the arm;
remove the blade to be replaced from
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad- the arm A; ❒ fit the new blade and check it is prop-
dition to protecting the blades, this pre- erly locked into place.
vents effort on the motor and over- ❒ fit the new blade by inserting the tab in-
heating; to the special slot in the arm. Make sure
CAR
it is properly locked into place.
❒ do not operate the windscreen and
rear window wipers on dry glass.
TECHNICAL
WARNING
Driving with worn wiper
blades is a serious hazard,
INDEX
because visibility is reduced in bad
weather.
231
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0160m F0C0163m F0C0161m

fig. 24 fig. 25 fig. 26
Changing the rear window blade SPRAY NOZZLES

Proceed as follows:
LIGHTS AND
Windscreen wiper fig. 25

MESSAGES
WARNING
❒ raise the cover A-fig. 24 and remove

the arm from the car, slackening the nut If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly check
B that fastens it to the pivot pin; that there is fluid in the reservoir: see
“Checking fluid levels” in this section).
❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correct-
EMERGENCY
Then check that the nozzle holes are not

IN AN
ly, and fully tighten the nut;

clogged, if necessary use a needle.
❒ lower the cover.
The windscreen jets are directed by ad- fig. 27 F0C0350m
justing the angle of the nozzles: turn the

nozzle cylinder by inserting a screwdriv- Rear window wiper fig. 26-27

CAR
er in A.
Rear window washer jets can be adjust-
Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3 ed in the same way.
height from the window upper edge.
The nozzle holder is on the rear window.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
232
BODYWORK These include: ADVICE FOR PRESERVING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
❒ Painting products and systems which THE BODYWORK
PROTECTION FROM give the car particular resistance to cor-
rosion and abrasion; Paint
ATMOSPHERIC AGENTS
❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steel Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-
The main causes of corrosion are the fol-
DEVICES
SAFETY
sheets, with high resistance to corro- ic purpose, but also protects the under-
lowing: lying sheet metal.
sion;
❒ atmospheric pollution; In the case of deep scrapes or scores, you
❒ Spraying the underbody, engine com-
are advised to have the necessary touch-
CORRECT USE
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas, or partment, wheelhouse internal parts
OF THE CAR
hot humid climates); and other parts with highly protective ing up carried out immediately to avoid
wax products; the formation of rust. Use only original
❒ seasonal environment conditions. paint products for touching up (see “Body-
❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a protec- work paint identification plate” in section
Not to be underestimated is also the abra- tive function, in the more exposed
LIGHTS AND
“Technical specification”).
MESSAGES
WARNING
sive action of wind-borne atmospheric points: underdoor, inner fender parts,
dust and sand and mud and gravel raised edges, etc.; Normal paint maintenance consists in
by other cars. washing at intervals depending on the con-
❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre- ditions and environment of use. For ex-
On your car, Fiat implemented the best vent condensation and pockets of mois-
EMERGENCY
manufacturing technologies to effectively ample, in highly polluted areas, or if the
ture from triggering rust inside.
IN AN
protect the bodywork against corrosion. roads are sprayed with salt, it is wise to
wash the car more frequently.
BODY AND UNDERBODY
WARRANTY
Your car is covered by warranty against
CAR
perforation due to rust of any original el-
ement of the structure or body. For the
general terms of this warranty, refer to
TECHNICAL
the Fiat Warranty booklet.
INDEX
233
To correctly wash the car: Do not wash the car after it has been left Front headlights
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
in the sun or with the bonnet hot: this may
❒ remove the aerial from the roof to pre- alter the shine of the paintwork. IMPORTANT Never use aromatic sub-
vent damage to it if the car is washed in stances (e.g.: petrol) or ketones (e.g.: ace-
an automatic system; tone) for cleaning front headlight plastic
lens.
❒ wash the body using a low pressure jet
DEVICES
SAFETY
of water;
Detergents cause water Windows
❒ wipe a sponge with a slightly soapy so- pollution. Therefore the car
lution over the bodywork, frequently should be washed in areas Use specific window cleaner products.
Use also clean cloths to avoid scratching
CORRECT USE
rinsing with the sponge; equipped for collecting and

OF THE CAR
purifying the liquid used in the wash- the glass or damaging the transparency.
❒ rinse well with water and dry with a jet ing process.
of air or a chamois leather. IMPORTANT The inside of the
rearscreen should be wiped gently with a
When drying, take particular care with the cloth in the direction of the filaments to
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
less visible parts like door surrounds, bon- avoid damaging the heating device.
net and around the headlights where wa- Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in
ter may stagnate. The car should not be the same way as the rest of the car. Engine compartment
taken to a closed area immediately, but left
in the open so that residual water can Where possible, do not park under trees; At the end of the winter the engine com-
EMERGENCY
evaporate. the resinous substance many species re- partment should be carefully washed,
IN AN
lease give the paint a dull appearance and without directing the jet against electron-
increase the possibility of triggering rust ic control units. Contact a specialised
processes. workshop to have this done.
IMPORTANT Bird droppings must be IMPORTANT The car should be washed

CAR
washed off immediately and thoroughly as with the engine cold and the ignition key
the acid they contain is particularly ag- at STOP. After washing make sure that
gressive. the various protections (e.g. rubber caps
and various covers) have not been dam-
TECHNICAL
aged or removed.
INDEX
234
INTERIORS CLEANING LEATHER SEATS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Fabric upholstery of your car
Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist- is purpose-made to withstand
Periodically check that water is not trapped ened chamois leather or cloth without common wear resulting from
under the mats (due to water dripping off pressing too hard. normal use of the car. It is
shoes, umbrellas, etc.) which could cause however absolutely necessary to pre-
oxidisation of the sheet metal. Remove liquid or grease stains with a dry vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-
DEVICES
SAFETY
absorbent cloth without rubbing. Then ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-
CLEANING SEATS AND FABRIC wipe with a soft cloth or chamois leather sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-
AND VELVET PARTS with water and neutral soap. cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locally
the fabric could break yarns and dam-
CORRECT USE
If the stain persists, use specific products,
OF THE CAR
Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re- age the upholstery as a consequence.
move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if the carefully following the instructions for use.
brush is moistened. IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-
Rub the seats with a sponge moistened based products.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
with a solution of water and neutral de-
tergent.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
235
INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS STEERING WHEEL/GEAR LEVER
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD WARNING
For routine cleaning of interior plastic KNOB WITH GENUINE
Do not keep aerosol cans in
parts use a soft cloth moistened with wa- LEATHER COVERING the car: they might explode.
ter and neutral soap. Remove grease or These components shall only be cleaned Aerosol cans must never be exposed
persisting stains using appropriate solvent- with water and neutral soap. Never use to a temperature above 50°C. The
free products designed to preserve ap- temperature inside the car exposed
DEVICES
spirit or alcohol-based products.

SAFETY
pearance and colour of plastic compo- to the sun may go well beyond that
nents. Before using special products for clean- figure.
ing interiors, read carefully label instruc-
IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro- tions and indications to make sure they
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
leum to clean the instrument panel. are free from spirit and/or alcohol-based
substances.
If when cleaning the windscreen with spe-
cial glass products, some drops fall on the
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
leather covering of the steering wheel/gear

lever knob remove them immediately and
then clean with water and neutral soap.
WARNING
Never use flammable prod- IMPORTANT Take the utmost care when
EMERGENCY
ucts like oil ether or rectified engaging the steering lock to prevent
IN AN
petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec- scratching the leather covering.
trostatic discharges generated by rub-
bing during cleaning operations could
cause fire.
TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
236
T E C H N I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................... 238
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS .............. 240
DEVICES
SAFETY
ENGINE .................................................................................... 241
FUEL FEED/IGNITION ........................................................ 243
TRANSMISSION .................................................................... 243
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
BRAKES ..................................................................................... 244
SUSPENSIONS......................................................................... 244
STEERING................................................................................. 244
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
WHEELS .................................................................................... 245
DIMENSIONS .......................................................................... 250
PERFORMANCE ..................................................................... 253
EMERGENCY
IN AN
WEIGHTS ................................................................................. 254
CAPACITIES ........................................................................... 257
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS............................................... 259
CAR
FUEL CONSUMPTION ........................................................ 261
CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................... 263
TECHNICAL
INDEX
237
IDENTIFICATION DATA
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
You are advised to note the identification
codes. The identification data stamped and
given on the plates and their position are
the following fig. 1:
DEVICES
SAFETY
❒ Model plate
❒ Chassis marking
CORRECT USE
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate

OF THE CAR
F0C0195m F0C0099m
fig. 1 fig. 2
❒ Engine marking.
MODEL PLATE fig. 2 G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.
The plate is to be found on the front H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
crossmember of the engine compartment

and bears the following identification da- I Engine type.
ta: L Body version code.
A Manufacturer’ name. M Spare part code.
EMERGENCY
IN AN
B Homologation number. N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en-

C Vehicle type code. gines).
D Chassis number.
E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.

CAR
F Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded

with trailer.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
238
ENGINE MARKING
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Engine marking is stamped on the cylinder
block and includes the model and the
chassis number.
DEVICES
SAFETY
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0100m
fig. 4
BODYWORK PAINT
IDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 4
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
The plate is applied inside the bonnet and
it bears the following data:
A - Paint manufacturer.
EMERGENCY
B - Colour name.
IN AN
C - Fiat colour code.
fig. 3 F0C0110m
D - Respray and touch up code.
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 3
CAR
It is printed on the passenger compart-
ment floor, near the right-hand front seat.
TECHNICAL
It can be reached by lifting the special flap
in the carpeting and includes the following
data:
❒ car model (ZFA 192000);
❒ chassis number.
INDEX
239
ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Body version
Engine code
3-door 5-door
192BXH1B 22
DEVICES
SAFETY
192AXH1B 21
1.416V 843A1000 192BXH1B 22B (*)
192AXH1B 21B (*) 192CXH1B 23 (❍)
192BXN1B 31
192AXN1B 30
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
1.416V (**) 192B2000 192BXN1B 31B (*)

192AXN1B 30B (*) 192CXN1B 32 (❍)
1.616V 192B3000 192AXR1A 36 192BXR1A 37

192CXR1A 38 (❍)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
192BXC1A 05
1.816V 192A4000 192AXC1A 04 192CXC1A 13 (❍)
2.420V 192A2000 192AXD1A 16C (■) 192BXD1A 17C (■)

EMERGENCY
192AXD12 06C (❒) 192BXD12 07C (❒)

IN AN
192BXS1A 40B
1.9 Multijet 8V 192A8000 192AXS1A 039B 192CXS1A 41B (❍)
192BXU1A 46
1.9 Multijet 8V (**) 192B4000 192AXU1A 45 192CXU1A 47 (❍)

CAR
192BXT1B 43
1.9 Multijet 16V 937A5000 192AXT1B 42 192CXT1B 44 (❍)
TECHNICAL
(*) “DYNAMIC” saloon versions (**) Versions for specific markets

(▲) Multi Wagon “ACTUAL” versions (❍) Multi Wagon versions
(■) Versions with mechanical gearbox (❒) Selespeed versions
INDEX
240
ENGINE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL 1.416V 1.416V (*) 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine code 843A1000 192B2000 192B3000 192A4000 192A2000
Cycle Otto Otto Otto Otto Otto
CORRECT USE
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 5 in line
OF THE CAR
Piston bore and stroke mm 72.0 x 84.0 72.0 x 84.0 79 x 81.5 82.0 x 82.7 83 x 90.4
Total displacement cm3 1368 1368 1598 1747 2446
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Compression ratio 11.2 11.2 10.5 10.3 10.5
Maximum power (EEC) kW 70 66 77 98 125
HP 95 90 105 133 170
EMERGENCY
corresponding ratio rpm 5800 5500 6200 6400 6000
IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 128 128 150 162 221
kgm 13 13 15.3 16.5 22.5
corresponding ratio rpm 4500 4500 3900 3500 3500
Spark plugs
CAR
NGK NGK Bosch NGK BKR6EZ Champion
DCPR7E-N DCPR7E-N FQR 8 LEU 2 Champion RC8BYC
RC10YCC
TECHNICAL
Fuel Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol Unleaded petrol
95 RON 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON 95 RON
(Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification (Specification
EN228) EN228) EN228) EN228) EN228)
INDEX
(*) Version for specific markets
241
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
GENERAL 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V (*)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine code 192A8000 937A5000 192B4000

Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
CORRECT USE
4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line

OF THE CAR
Number and layout of cylinders

Piston bore and stroke mm 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4 82.0 x 90.4
Total displacement cm3 1910 1910 1910 1910

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Compression ratio 18 17.5 18 17.5

Maximum power (EEC) kW 88 110 85 100
HP 120 150 115 136
EMERGENCY
corresponding ratio rpm 4000 4000 4000 4000

IN AN
Maximum torque (EEC) Nm 255 305 255 305

kgm 26 31 26 31
corresponding ratio rpm 2000 2000 2000 2000
CAR
Fuel Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for Diesel fuel for
motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles motor vehicles
(Specification EN590) (Specification EN590) (Specification EN590) (Specification EN590)
TECHNICAL
(*) Version for specific markets

INDEX
242
FUEL FEED/IGNITION
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
DEVICES
SAFETY
Multipoint sequential phased Direct injection with electronically
Fuel feed electronic injection, returnless system controlled Multijet “Common Rail”
turbosupercharger and intercooler
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
TRANSMISSION
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
1.416V 2.420V 1.616V - 1.816V 1.9 Multijet16V
1.9 Multijet 8V
Gearbox Six forward gears Five forward gears Five forward gears Six forward gears
and reverse and reverse and reverse and reverse
EMERGENCY
with synchromesh for with electronic with synchromesh with synchromesh
IN AN
forward gear control system for forward gear for forward gear
engagement engagement engagement
Clutch Self-adjusting pedal Electric-hydraulic Self-adjusting pedal Self-adjusting pedal
without idle device with without idle without idle stroke
CAR
stroke electronic control stroke
Drive Front Front Front Front
TECHNICAL
Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s techni-
cal specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.
INDEX
243
BRAKES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V - 2.420V - 1.9 Multijet 8V - 1.9 Multijet 16V
Service brakes:
DEVICES
SAFETY
– front Disc, self-ventilating

– rear Disc
Parking brake Controlled by hand lever, it works on the rear brakes
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency
at first braking.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SUSPENSIONS
EMERGENCY
McPherson independent wheels

IN AN
Front
Rear Interconnected wheels with twisting axle

CAR
STEERING
TECHNICAL
1.416V 1.616V - 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.816V - 2.420V

1.9 Multijet 16V
Type Rack and pinion Rack and pinion Rack and pinion
with electric power steering with electric power steering with electric power steering
INDEX
Minimum steering
cycle m 10.5 10.8 11.1
244
WHEELS SPARE WHEEL
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.
RIMS AND TYRES
WHEEL GEOMETRY
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyres
with radial carcass. The homologated tyres Front wheel toe-in measured from rim to
DEVICES
SAFETY
are listed in the Log book. rim: – 1 ±1 mm.
IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan- The values refer to the car in running or-
cies between the information provided on der.
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
F0C0200m
this “Owner handbook” and the “Log fig. 5
book”, consider the specifications shown
in the log book only. UNDERSTANDING TYRE
Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensure MARKING fig. 5
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
safety of the car in movement, it must be Example: 195/65 R 15 91T
fitted with tyres of the same make and
type on all wheels. 195 = Nominal width (S, distance be-
tween sidewalls in mm).
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes
EMERGENCY
with Tubeless tyres. 65 = Percentage height/width ratio
IN AN
(H/S).
R = Radial tyre.
15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
91 = Load rating.
CAR
T = Maximum speed rating.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
245
Load rating Maximum speed rating UNDERSTANDING RIM
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD 60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg Q = up to 160 km/h.
MARKING fig. 5
61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg Example: 6 1/2 J x 15 H2 ET43
R = up to 170 km/h.
62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg 6 1/2 = rim width in inches (1).
S = up to 180 km/h.
DEVICES
J = rim drop center outline (side

SAFETY
63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg T = up to 190 km/h. projection where the tyre bead

64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg rests) (2).
U = up to 200 km/h.
65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg
H = up to 210 km/h. 15 = rim nominal diameter in inches
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg (corresponds to diameter of the

V = up to 240 km/h. tyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).
67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg
68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg W = up to 270 km/h. H2 = “hump” shape and number (relief
Y = up to 300 km/h. on the circumference holding the
LIGHTS AND
69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg
MESSAGES
WARNING
Tubeless tyre bead on the rim).

70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg
ET43 = wheel camber angle (distance be-
71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg Maximum speed rating tween the disc/rim supporting
72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg for snow tyres plane and the wheel rim centre
EMERGENCY
line).
IN AN
73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg QM + S = up to 160 km/h.

74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg TM + S = up to 190 km/h.
75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg HM + S = up to 210 km/h.
76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg

CAR
77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg

78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg
TECHNICAL
79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg

80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg
81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg
82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg
INDEX
83 = 487 kg
246
VERSIONS RIMS TYRES SPARE WHEEL (*)
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Standard tyres Snow tyres Rim Tyre
1.416V 61/2 J x 15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91T 195/65 R15 91T (M+S)
7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S)
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M
DEVICES
SAFETY
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 ZR17 87W 215/45 ZR17 87H (M+S)
1.616V 61/2 J x 15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91H (M+S)

7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S)
1.816V 61/2 J x 15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91V 195/65 R15 91H (M+S)

1.9 Multijet 16V 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S)
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 ZR17 87W 215/45 ZR17 87H (M+S)
2.420V 7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91W 205/55 R16 91H (M+S)

4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S)
EMERGENCY
1.9 Multijet 8V 61/2 J x 15 ET 43 195/65 R15 91H 195/65 R15 91H (M+S)
IN AN
7J x 16 ET 41 205/55 R16 91V (*) 205/55 R16 91H (M+S) 4B x 15 ET 35 T/125/90 R15 96M
7J x 17 ET 41 215/45 R17 87W (*) 215/45 R17 87H (M+S)
(*) On request for versions/markets where applicable.
TECHNICAL
INDEX CAR
247
COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Saloon versions
STANDARD TYRES SPACE-SAVER
Size Medium load Full load SPAREWHEEL
DEVICES
Front Rear Front Rear

SAFETY
195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1

1.416V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
1.616V 195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1

1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5

195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.1
1.816V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2
EMERGENCY
1.9 Multijet16V
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
IN AN
205/55 R16 91W 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3

2.420V 4.2
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
CAR
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
TECHNICAL
INDEX
248
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
STANDARD TYRES SPACE-SAVER
Size Medium load Full load SPAREWHEEL
DEVICES
SAFETY
195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 2.3/3.0 (*)
1.416V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*)
1.616V 195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*)

1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*)
195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*)
1.816V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3/3.0 (*) 4.2
1.9 Multijet16V
EMERGENCY
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5/3.0 (*)
IN AN
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.
With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.
CAR
(*) In full load conditions = 510 kg (including driver’s weight; special equipment and remaining load distributed on rear folded seats).
TECHNICAL
INDEX
249
DIMENSIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Dimensions are expressed in mm and re-
fer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
The height refers to the car unladen.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Boot volume
Unladen boot volume
(V.D.A. standards) ...................... 305 dm3
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Extended boot volume

with rear folded seat back ........1002 dm3
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
EMERGENCY
IN AN
fig. 6 F0C0332m
Saloon versions
CAR
3-door A B C D E F G H
1.416V - 1.616V -
TECHNICAL
1.816V 4182 887 2600 695 1475 1514 (*) 1784 1508 (*)
1.9 Multijet
INDEX
2.420V 4182 887 2600 695 1475 1518 (*) 1784 1512 (*)
(*) Track measurements may vary according to rim size.
250
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
fer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
Boot volume
Unladen boot volume
DEVICES
SAFETY
(V.D.A. standards) .............. 370 dm3 (Õ)
370 dm3 (▲)
335 dm3 (å)
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
410 dm3 (ç)
Extended boot volume (with folded seat
back) ...........1035 dm3 (ç)/1120 dm3 (Õ)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(Õ) For versions with rear fixed seat.
(▲) For versions with rear sliding seat
(rated value).
(å) For versions with rear sliding seat, set
completely in backward position.
EMERGENCY
(ç) For versions with rear sliding seat, set
IN AN
completely in forward position.
fig. 7 F0C0474m
CAR
Saloon versions
5-door A B C D E F G H
TECHNICAL
1.416V - 1.616V -
1.816V 4253 893 2600 760 1525 1514 (*) 1756 1508 (*)
1.9 Multijet
INDEX
2.420V 4253 893 2600 760 1525 1518 (*) 1756 1512 (*)

251
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD fer to the car fitted with standard tyres.
Boot volume
Unladen boot volume
DEVICES
SAFETY
(V.D.A. standards) ............. 510 dm3 (Õ)

550 dm3 (▲)
Extended boot volume (with folded
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
seat back) ............................ 1380 dm3 (å)

1480 dm3 (ç)
(Õ) For versions with rear fixed seat.
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(▲) For versions with rear sliding seat

(rated value).
(å) For versions with rear sliding seat, set
completely in backward position.
EMERGENCY
(ç) For versions with rear sliding seat, set

IN AN
completely in forward position.

fig. 8 F0C0348m
CAR
Saloon versions
Multi Wagon versions A B C D E F G H
TECHNICAL
1.416V - 1.616V -
1.816V 1.9 Multijet 4516 893 2600 1023 1570 1514 (*) 1756/1773 (**) 1508
INDEX

(**) UPROAD versions
252
PERFORMANCE
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.
SALOON VERSIONS
DEVICES
SAFETY
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V
3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
180 178 185 183 202 200 215 213 194 193 192 190 209 207
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
(*) For specific markets
WARNING
MULTI WAGON VERSIONS
EMERGENCY
IN AN
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 8V (*) 1.9 Multijet 16V
176 183 200 193 190 207
CAR
(*) For specific markets
TECHNICAL
INDEX
253
WEIGHTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V
Weights (kg)
(Saloon versions) 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door
Weight empty
DEVICES
SAFETY
(including fluids, 90% fuel 1090 1145 1150 1205 1240 1295
in the tank and no optional) 1135 (❍) 1190 (❍) 1195 (❍) 1250 (❍)
Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 510
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Maximum admitted loads (**)

– front axle: 900 900 950 950 990 990
– rear axle: 830 860 830 860 830 860
1600 1655 1660 1715 1750 1805
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– total: 1645 (❍) 1700 (❍) 1705 (❍) 1760 (❍)
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes: 1000/500 (❒) 1000/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒)
EMERGENCY
– trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500 500

IN AN
Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 80

Maximum load on tow hitch
(trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60 60

CAR
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload.
(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-
TECHNICAL
ply with these limits.

(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.
(❍) “DYNAMIC” versions.
INDEX
(❒) For specific markets.
254
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V
Weights (kg)
(Saloon versions) 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door 3-door
Weight empty
DEVICES
SAFETY
(including fluids, 90% fuel
in the tank and no optional) 1265 1320 1265 1320 1285 1340
Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510 510
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– front axle: 1030 1030 1020 1020 1030 1030
– rear axle: 830 830 830 860 830 860
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– total: 1775 1830 1775 1830 1795 1850
Towable loads
– trailer with brakes: 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒)
EMERGENCY
– trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500 500
IN AN
Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80 80
(trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60 60
CAR
TECHNICAL
INDEX
255
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Weights (kg) 1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V
(Multi Wagon versions)
Weight empty
DEVICES
SAFETY
(including fluids, 90% fuel

in the tank and no optional) 1235 1295 1385 1410 1430
Payload (*) including the driver: 510 510 510 510 510
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR

– front axle: 950 950 990 1020 1030
– rear axle: 960 960 960 960 960
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
– total: 1745 1805 (❍) 1895 1920 1940

Towable loads
– trailer with brakes: 1000/500 (❒) 1100/500 (❒) 1200/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒) 1300/500 (❒)
EMERGENCY
– trailer without brakes: 500 500 500 500 500

IN AN
Maximum load on roof (***): 80 80 80 80 80

(trailer with brakes): 60 60 60 60 60

CAR
TECHNICAL
(❍) “ACTUAL” versions
INDEX
256
CAPACITIES
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V Recommended products and
litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg genuine lubricants
DEVICES
Fuel tank: 58 – 58 – 58 – 58 – Unleaded petrol
SAFETY
including a reserve of: 9 – 9 – 9 – 9 – with no less than 95 R.O.N
(Specification EN228)
Engine cooling Mixture of 50% demineralised
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
system water and 50%
– with climate control: – 5.25 – 6.55 – 7.3 – 8.3 PARAFLU UP
Engine sump: 2.5 2.2 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.3 4.5 3.9 SELENIA K
Engine sump and filter: 2.8 2.5 4.5 4.0 4.2 3.7 4.7 4.0 (versions 1.416V, 1.616V and 1.816V)
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
SELENIA RACING
(versions 2.420V)
Gearbox/differential casing: 1.87 1.7 1.65 1.5 1.98 1.8 1.76 1.6 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
EMERGENCY
Selespeed transmission – – – – – –
IN AN
hydraulic system TUTELA CAR
(where provided): 0.8 0.73 CS SPEED
Hydraulic brake circuit
with ABS: – 0.525 – 0.525 – 0.525 – 0.525 TUTELA TOP 4
CAR
Windscreen / Mixture of water and
rear window / headlight TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) – 3 (6) – 3 (6) – 3 (6) – SC 35
TECHNICAL
(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.
INDEX
257
1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V Recommended products and
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD genuine lubricants
litres kg litres kg
Fuel tank: 58 – 58 – Diesel fuel formotor vehicles
including a reserve of: 9 – 9 – (Specification EN590)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Engine cooling system Mixture of 50% demineralised

– with climate control: – 7.3 – 7.3 water and 50% PARAFLU UP
Engine sump: 4.4 3.8 4.4 3.8 SELENIA WR
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Engine sump and filter: 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.0

Gearbox/differential casing: 1.76 1.6 1.87 1.7 TUTELA CAR TECHNYX
Hydraulic brake circuit – –
LIGHTS AND
with ABS: TUTELA TOP 4

MESSAGES
WARNING
0.525 0.525
Windscreen / Mixture of water and
rear window / headlight TUTELA PROFESSIONAL
washer fluid reservoir: (*) 3 (6) – 3 (6) – SC 35
EMERGENCY
IN AN
(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

TECHNICAL CAR
INDEX
258
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Change
DEVICES
SAFETY
for correct car operation and lubricants intervals
SELENIA K (❒)
CORRECT USE
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W-40, that pass As per Service
OF THE CAR
Lubricants for FIAT 9.55535-M2 specification. Schedule
petrol engines
LIGHTS AND
As per Service
MESSAGES
WARNING
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 10W-60 SELENIA RACING (❍) Schedule
EMERGENCY
Lubricants for Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 5W- 40 SELENIA WR As per Service
IN AN
diesel engines that pass FIAT 9.55535- M2 specification Schedule
(❒) 1.416V, 1.616V and 1.816V versions
CAR
(❍) 2.420V versions
For regular operation of Multijet versions fitted with DPF, use the genuine lubricant only. In the event of an emergency, lacking the
genuine lubricant, top up just once with max. 0.5 l and go to Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
TECHNICAL
Should non-genuine SAE 5W-40 products be used, lubricants with minimum ACEA A3 properties for petrol engines and ACEA B4
for Diesel engines are tolerated; in this event top engine performance is not guaranteed.
Using low-quality products, not compliant with ACEA A3 and ACEA B4 properties and specifications could cause engine damages
not covered by warranty.
INDEX
For very cold temperatures, consult Fiat Dealership for the proper Selenia product to use.
259
Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Applications
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD for correct car operation and lubricants
Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85 TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox
that passes API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 TECHNYX and differential
MIL-L- 2105 D LEV specifications.
DEVICES
SAFETY
Specific fluid with “ATF DEXRON III” TUTELA CAR Selespeed transmission
CS SPEED electrically-operated
electrohydraulic actuator
Lubricants Lithium soap based grease. NLGI 0 consistency CV joints on differential
CORRECT USE
TUTELA
OF THE CAR
and greases for MRM ZERO side (excluding

transmissions version 1.816V)
Poly-urea oil synthetic-based grease suitable for high temperatures. TUTELA STAR 325 CV joints on differential
NLGI 2 consistency side submitted to high
LIGHTS AND
temperatures
MESSAGES
WARNING
(only versions 1.616V)

Molibdenum disulphide, lithium soap based grease. TUTELA STAR 500 CV joint on
NLGI 2 consistency wheel side
(excluding version 1.816V)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Brake Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925 TUTELA TOP 4 Brake and clutch hydraulic
fluid SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01 controls
Protective with antifreeze action, red colour PARAFLU UP (●) Cooling circuits. Proportion:
Protective based on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula, 50% down to –35° C.
CAR
agent O.A.T technology, that passes CUNA NC 956-16, Not to be mixed with
for radiators ASTM D 3306 specifications. other products.
TECHNICAL
Additive for Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel engines DIESEL MIX To be mixed with diesel fuel
diesel fuel (25 cc per 10 litres)
Windscreen/ Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-II TUTELA To be used diluted or
rear window/ PROFESSIONAL undiluted
headlight SC 35
INDEX
washer fluid
(●) Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.
260
FUEL CONSUMPTION ❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent acceler- IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ating in all gears, simulating extraurban situations, weather conditions, driving
The fuel consumption figures given in the use of the car; the speed varies be- style, general conditions of the car, trim
table below are determined on the basis tween 0 and 120 km/h; level/equipment/accessories, load, climate
control system, roof rack, other situations
of the homologation tests set down by ❒ combined consumption: is calculat- that affect air drag may lead to different
specific European Directives. ed weighing about 37% of urban cycle
DEVICES
SAFETY
fuel consumption levels than those mea-
The procedures below are followed for consumption and about 63% of ex- sured.
measuring consumption: traurban consumption.
❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
driving that simulates urban use of the
car;
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km)
EMERGENCY
IN AN
Saloon versions
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V
CAR
3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door
Urban 8.2/8.5 (*) 8.5 8.8 9.1 11.3 11.5
TECHNICAL
Extra-urban 5.5/5.6 (*) 5.7 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.2
Combined 6.5/6.6 (*) 6.7 6.7 7.0 8.0 8.1
(*) “DYNAMIC” versions
INDEX
261
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door 3-door 5-door
Urban 13.5 13.6 6.7 6.8 7.5 7.7
Extra-urban 7.6 7.6 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.7
DEVICES
SAFETY
Combined 9.7 9.8 5.3 5.4 5.6 5.8

CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km)

LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING

EMERGENCY
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V

IN AN
Urban 8.7 9.2 11.7 7.1 7.7

Extra-urban 5.8 6.0 6.3 4.7 4.7

CAR
Combined 6.8 7.2 8.3 5.6 5.8

TECHNICAL
INDEX
262
CO2 EMISSIONS
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
The CO2, emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumption.
CO2 emissions according to 1999/100/EC Directive (g/km)
DEVICES
SAFETY
Saloon versions
CORRECT USE
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V
OF THE CAR
153/158 (*) 160 159 165 190 194
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
(*) “DYNAMIC” versions
EMERGENCY
IN AN
231 233 139 142 148 154
CAR
TECHNICAL
1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V
162 170 197 148 154
INDEX
263
INDEX
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
ABS ........................................................ 95 – types of bulbs .................................. 182 Controls ................................................ 68

Accessories purchased Correct use of the car ................. 135
Capacities..............................................
DEVICES
257
SAFETY
by the owner ......................................... 101 Courtesy mirror light

Car inactivity.......................................... 156 (bulb replacement) ............................ 194
Air bags
Car maintenance ............................. 209 Cruise Control .................................... 65
– front................................................... 126
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
– additional checks ............................ 213 Current outlet....................................... 72

– side..................................................... 130
– annual Inspection Schedule.......... 213 Cut-off switch fuel .............................. 69
Air filter .................................................. 225
– scheduled service ........................... 210
Armrests (front rear) .......................... 70
– Service Schedule............................. 211 Dashboard............................................. 5
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Ashtray.................................................... 72
Cargo box .............................................. 91 Dashboard and controls .............. 4
ASR .......................................................... 98
Carrying children safely ...................... 116 Daylight sensor .................................... 61
At the filling station.............................. 105
Ceiling lights ......................................... 67 Dead lock (device) .............................. 14
Automatic headlights sensor
EMERGENCY
Central door locking system ............ 79 Diesel fuel filter..................................... 225

IN AN
(daylight sensor)................................. 611

Checking fluid levels ........................... 216 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) ........... 108
Battery Child lock .............................................. 79 Dimensions ........................................... 250
– checking the charge....................... 226 Child restraint systems Dipped beam headlights...................... 59
CAR
– jump starting.................................... 170 (specifications for use) .................... 119 Direction indicators
– replacing .......................................... 227 Cigar lighter .......................................... 72 – control ............................................. 60
Bodywork............................................... 233 Climate control system – front bulb replacement ................ 186
TECHNICAL
Bonnet..................................................... 92 – automatic two-zone – rear bulb replacement ................. 188

Boot ......................................................... 81 climate control system ................ 51 – side bulb replacement .................. 186
Boot light (bulb replacement) ........... 195 – manual climate control system .. 48 Doors ..................................................... 79
Brake Assist ........................................... 96 CO2 emissions ..................................... 263
INDEX
Dualdrive (electric power steering) 102

Brakes...................................................... 244 Code Card ............................................ 10
Bulb (replacement)............................... 181 Containing running costs ................... 149 Easy entry ............................................ 38
264
Electric power steering “Dualdrive”.. 102 Gearbox Isofix (child restraint system) ........... 121
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD
Electronic alarm ................................... 17 – using manual gearbox .................. 140
Engine Jacking the car ..................................... 206
– using Selespeed gearbox ............. 141
– identification code ........................ 240 Glass holder .......................................... 73 Keys ....................................................... 10
– technical data......................... 241-242
DEVICES
SAFETY
Glove box light
Engine compartment (bulb replacement) ............................ 194 Load limiters ....................................... 113
– washing ............................................ 234 Glove box/oddment
compartments ................................... 71 Main beam headlights.........................
CORRECT USE
59
OF THE CAR
Engine oil
– consumption .................................. 220 MSR (system) ....................................... 99
Handbrake ........................................... 139
Environment protection .................... 108 Hazard lights ......................................... 68 Multifunction display ........................... 23
EOBD (system) .................................... 99
LIGHTS AND
Head restraints ..................................... 41
MESSAGES
WARNING
ESP (system) ......................................... 97 Number plate lights
Headlight washer.................................. 65 (bulb replacement) ............................ 191
External lights ....................................... 59 Headlights............................................... 94
Heating and ventilation system .. 44-46 OCS
EMERGENCY
Fiat CODE (system) .......................... 8
IN AN
(Occupant Classification System) .. 129
Fire extinguisher .................................. 208 Identification data ............................... 238
Fix&Go automatic ............................... 177 Oddment compartments .................. 73
If an exterior light burns out ............. 184
Flashing the headlights ........................ 59 If an interior light burns out .............. 192 Paint ...................................................... 233
CAR
Fluid level checks ................................. 216 Ignition switch ...................................... 20 Parking ................................................... 139
Fluids and lubricants ........................... 259 In an emergency ............................. 169
Parking lights ......................................... 69
Follow me home (device) ................. 60 Independent additional heater ......... 56
TECHNICAL
Front fog lights ............................... 68-69 Parking sensors .................................... 103
Installation of electric/
– (bulb replacement)......................... 186 electronic devices .............................. 101 Performance ......................................... 253
Fuel consumption ................................. 261 Instrument panel ................................. 6 Pollen filter ............................................ 225
Fuel feed/ignition ................................. 241 Instruments ........................................... 21 Power windows ................................... 80
INDEX
Fuel filler cap ........................................ 106 Interior fittings ..................................... 70 Presetting for mounting the
Fuses (replacement) ........................... 196 Interiors ................................................. 235 “Isofix ” child restraint system ...... 121
265
Presetting for mounting Seats ........................................................ 37 Top speeds ............................................ 253
AND CONTROLS
DASHBOARD the “Universal Isofix” – cleaning ............................................ 235 Towing the car...................................... 206
child restraint system ...................... 124 Towing trailers...................................... 151
– easy entry......................................... 38
Pretensioners ....................................... 113 Transmission ........................................ 241
– manually adjustable front seats .. 37
Protecting the environment ............. 108 Trip Computer...................................... 34
DEVICES
– rear sliding seats ............................ 39

SAFETY
Puddle light/door opening light – seat warming ................................. 38 Tyre repair kit
(bulb replacement) ............................ 195 (Fix&Go automatic)........................... 177
Selespeed (gearbox) ........................... 141
Tyres
CORRECT USE
OF THE CAR
Radio transmitters and Side/taillights .......................................... 59

cellular telephones............................. 101 – changing ............................................ 171
Ski tunnel ................................................ 91
Rain sensor ........................................... 63 – pressure............................................ 246
Skywindow (blade sunroof) .............. 74
Rear fog lights........................................ 69 – snow tyres ....................................... 154
Smart washing ...................................... 63
LIGHTS AND
MESSAGES
WARNING
Rear window washer/wiper............... 64 – standard tyres ................................. 247

Snow chains .......................................... 155
– understanding tyre marking......... 246
Rear window wiper Sound system (presetting).................. 100
– blades ............................................... 231 Spark plugs ............................................. 241 Using the manual gearbox ...............140
EMERGENCY
– control ............................................. 64
IN AN
Starting the engine ............................... 136 Using the Selespeed gearbox ........... 141
– nozzles ............................................. 232 Steering .................................................. 244
Rearview mirrors ................................. 43 Steering column lock .......................... 20 Warning lights and messages .. 157
Reversing lights Steering wheel....................................... 42 Weights................................................... 254

CAR
(bulb replacement) ..................... 188-189 Wheel

Sun visors .............................................. 73
Rims – changing ............................................ 171
Sunroof (Skywindow) ......................... 74
– understanding rim marking.......... 246 Wheel geometry................................... 245
Suspensions ........................................... 244
TECHNICAL
Roof rack/ski rack ............................... 93 Window (washing/cleaning)........ 62-234

Symbols .................................................. 8
Rubber hoses ....................................... 230 Windscreen washer/wiper................. 62
Technical specifications ............. 237 Windscreen wiper
Safety devices .................................. 109 Third brake light – blades ................................................ 231
INDEX
S.B.R. system ........................................ 112 (bulb replacement) ............................ 191 – control .............................................. 62
Seat belts ................................................ 110 Tilting shelf ............................................ 72 – nozzles .............................................. 232
266
INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.416V - 1.616V - 1.816V versions
(right-hand drive versions) A Rev. counter
B Fuel level gauge with reserve
warning light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge and
For markets where provided, the speedome-
ter (speed indicator) can have the gradu-
ated scale in km/h instead of MPH.
F0C0524m
1.9 Multijet versions

A Rev. counter
B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning
light
For markets where provided, the speedome-
ter (speed indicator) can have the gradu-
F0C0525m ated scale in km/h instead of MPH.
2.420V Selespeed ABARTH versions
A Rev. counter
B Fuel level gauge with reserve
warning light
D Speedometer
E Multifunction display
For markets where provided, the
speedometer (speed indicator) can have
F0C0526m the graduated scale in km/h instead of
MPH.
PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE
AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE
For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment through
the continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view to
guaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im-
posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at the end
of its life span without additional costs.
The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring
expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the
European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002
on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi-
cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.
Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our cus-
tomers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of your
nearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web site
or call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.
* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t
VERSIONS STANDARD TYRES SPARE
Size Medium load Full load WHEEL
195/65 R15 91T 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**)
205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3
1.416V 4.2
195/65 R15 91H (❒) 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**)
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
195/65 R15 91H 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**)
1.9 Multijet 8V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2
1.616V
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
195/65 R15 91V 1.9 1.9 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**) 2.1 - 2.3 (❒)/3.0 (**)
1.816V 4.2
1.9 Multijet 16V 205/55 R16 91V 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3
215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
205/55 R16 91W 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 4.2
2.420V 215/45 R17 87W 2.3 2.3 2.7 2.5
(❒) Multi Wagon Versions
(**) Under maximum load conditions = 510 kg (comprising driver’s weight. special equipment and the remaining load distributed over the rear pulled down seats).
ENGINE OIL CHANGE

1.416V 1.616V 1.816V 2.420V 1.9 Multijet 8V
1.9 Multijet 16V
litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg
Engine sump 2.5 2.2 4.3 3.9 3.7 3.3 4.5 3.9 4.4 3.8
Engine sump and filter 2.8 2.5 4.9 4.4 4.2 3.7 4.7 4.0 4.7 4.0
REFUELLING (litres)
Tank capacity 58
Reserve 9
Only refuel cars with petrol engines with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.
Only refuel cars with diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles conforming to the EN590 European Specification.
Fiat Auto S.p.A.

Quality - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Print No. 603.81.012 - XI/2006 - 2nd Edition

Fiat Stilo Manual Eng - Handbook

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Fiat Stilo Manual Eng - Handbook

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Dear Customer,

the car’s wellbeing;

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

 dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

DASHBOARD ........................................................................ 5 CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................. 64

SYMBOLS ................................................................................. 8 CONTROLS ........................................................................... 68

ALARM ..................................................................................... 17 DOORS .................................................................................... 79

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY ............................................. 23 BONNET .................................................................................. 92

HEAD RESTRAINTS .............................................................. 41 ABS SYSTEM ........................................................................... 95

STEERING WHEEL ............................................................... 42 ESP SYSTEM ............................................................................ 97

HEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM .................... 44 SOUND SYSTEM.................................................................... 100

CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................................... 51 PARKING SENSORS ............................................................ 103

C Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

1.9 Multijet versions

B Engine coolant temperature gauge and

excessive temperature warning light

D Speedometer (speed indicator)

to be taken as regards that particular com-

and enables to start the engine.

Fiat Dealership when requesting additional

❒ the fuel lid locking/unlocking (on ver-

(where provided) opening/closing

❒ the dead lock device (where provided)

gate again automatically.

Press button Ë for more than 2 seconds

ing with you the CODE card, a personal

identity document and the car’s owner-

If, when pressing button Ë, Á, or R, the

be disposed of as specified by This safety device enables to inhibit:

Battery replacement: the doors, placed on the driver door

the passenger’s compartment in case of at-

is correct; car is parked and left unattended.

(where clockwise counterclockwise (counterclockwise driver side; side; counterclock-

counterclockwise clockwise seconds) in opening seconds) in closing in closing direction clockwise

terrence led flashing

exception of certain markets):

locking with the metal insert of the key

tected a system operating fault. It is there- If it is necessary to switch on the alarm

fig. 14 of the key, the alarm is not acti-

steering column locked. Certain elec- locks.

Rock the steering wheel slightly as you

The ignition switch is fitted with a safety

pered with (e.g.: attempted WARNING

system or steering column modifica-

tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theft

always remove the key to compliance of the car with homolo-

prevent any occupants from acci- gation requirements.

to engage the first gear. If the car is WARNING

it. This also applies when the car is

SPEEDOMETER fig. 18 REV. COUNTER fig. 18a

Under normal conditions, the needle are left in the tank.

If the needle reaches the red

ately and contact a Fiat Deal-

ously selected menu option. ter the relevant setup menu;

ing briefly button MODE.

For other set-up menu adjustments and/or

settings, see the Connect/Navigator Sup-

English abled. On cars provided with Connect/Navigator many func-

BELT BUZZER UNITS

(Off) will flash on the display (according to